OPERATION MANUAL
SERIES PLOTTERS
DMP-160
SGegeegeeeeeeeeeee ee
2333333333393 23393333333333333983333839333339
DMP-160 SERIES PLOTTERS
OPERATION MANUAL
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT.
A Summagraphics Company
333323TIIIFIIBIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIID
NOTE
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a
Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits
are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful
interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial
environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the
instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radio
communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is
likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be
required to correct the interference at his own expense. CAUTION!
Changes or modifications, not expressly approved by Houston
Instrument who is responsible for FCC compliance, could void the users
authority to operate this equipment.
NOTICE
This plotter does not exceed the Class A limits for radio noise for digital apparatus set out in
the Radio Interference Regulations of the Canadian Department of Communications.
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT PRIORITY RESPONSE WARRANTY
For warranty information for your Houston Instrument DMP-160 Plotter, refer to the
warranty card in the back of this manual.
OSHA CHEMICAL HAZARD COMMUNICATION STANDARD
Finished products manufactured and sold by Houston Instrument are not hazardous under
the criteria identified per 29 CFR 1910.1200 (g) (2).
The writing pens used with this plotter are encapsulated in plastic and are considered an
“article” under OSHA Chemical Hazard Communication “Employee Right To Know”
standard 1910.1200 (b) (5) (iv).
DISCLAIMER OF USE
Houston Instrument DMP-160 Series Plotters produce high—quality plots when used in
accordance with the instruction manual. These plotters are not intended for any other use.
There are no customer—serviceable parts inside this instrument. All repairs are to be made
by authorized Houston Instrument service personnel.
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
1. Read all of these instructions.
2 Save these instructions for later use.
3. Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the plotter.
4, Unplug this unit from the wall outlet before cleaning. Do not use liquid cleaners or
aerosol cleaners. Use a damp cloth for cleaning.
5. Do not use the plotter near or in water.
6. Slots or openings in the cabinet and the back or bottom are provided for
ventilation; to ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from
overheating, these openings must not be blocked or covered. The openings should
never be blocked by placing the unit on a bed, sofa, rug, or other similar surface.
This product should never be placed near or over a radiator or heat register. This
product should not be placed in a built—in installation unless proper ventilation is
provided.
te The plotter should be operated from the type of power source indicated on the
marking label. If you are not sure of the type of power available, consult your
dealer or local power company.
ceccecceccceccceccececcceccccececceecccccecce
3333237223333 33233333333333333333333333333333
10.
11.
12.
13.
The plotter is cquipped with a three—wire grounding type plug, which is a plug
having a third (grounding) pin. This plug will fit only into a grounding-type
power outlet. This is a safety feature. If you are unable to insert the plug into the
outlet, contact your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet. Do not defeat the
purpose of the grounding-type plug.
Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord. Do not locate the plotter where
persons will walk on the cord.
If an extension cord is used with the plotter, make sure that the total of the ampere
ratings on the products plugged into the extension cord does not exceed the
extension cord ampere rating. Also, make sure that the total of all products
plugged into the wall outlet does not exceed 15 amperes.
Never push objects of any kind into the plotter through cabinet slots since they
may touch dangerous voltage points or short out parts that could result in a risk of
fire or electrical shock. Never spill liquid of any kind on the plotter.
Do not attempt to service the plotter yourself. Opening or removing those covers
marked “Do Not Remove” may expose you to dangerous voltage points or other
risks. Refer all servicing in those compartments to service personnel.
Unplug the plotter from the wall outlet and refer servicing to qualified personnel
under the following conditions:
A. When the power cord or plug is damaged or frayed.
B. If liquid has been spilled into the plotter.
C. If the plotter has been exposed to rain or water.
If the plotter does not operate normally when operating instructions are
followed. Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating
instructions since improper adjustment of other controls may result in
damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician
to restore this product to normal operation.
If the plotter has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged.
Ifthe plotter exhibits a distinct change in performance, indicating a need
for service.
CCCCCCCCCCCCCECCCCCECCECCCCCCCCECCCCECCCCCCCCEE
33333333333 3333333333333333333333333333332
NOTICE
Houston Instrument reserves the right to change any information contained in this manual
without notice. Unauthorized copying, modification, distribution, or display is prohibited.
Allrights reserved. Please address all questions, comments, or suggestions concerning this
and other Houston Instrument manuals to:
Technical Publications
Houston Instrument
8500 Cameron Road
Austin, Texas 78753
USA
(c) Copyright 1991 Houston Instrument Division of Summagraphics Corporation.
TRADEMARK ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
Houston Instrument, DM/PL, and SCAN-CAD are trademarks of
Summagraphics Corporation.
AutoCAD is a trademark of Autodesk, Inc.
HP-GL, HP-GL/2, Hewlett-Packard, and HP are trademarks of
Hewlett-Packard Company.
IBM PC, IBM AT, IBM PC/XT, IBM PS/2, and PC-DOS are trademarks of
International Business Machines Corporation.
Macintosh, Macintosh Plus, Macintosh SE, and Macintosh II are trademarks of
Apple Computer Company.
MS-DOS and GW-BASIC are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.
VersaCAD is a registered trademark of VersaCAD Corporation.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION DESCRIPTION PAGE
1 QUICK START 2.0... ... cece cece ccc cence eeeee Ll
11 INTRODUCTION siciscicis ¢ Wa peddaeeins o¥ ake watee Ye es eee 1-1
12 MANUAL ORGANIZATION .... 02.0.0. e eee 1-1
13 PLOTTING YOUR FIRST PLOT .... 0.0... cece eee eee ee 1-2
1.3.1 Assembly And Installation .......... 2.0.0. cece cence eee 1-3
1.3.2 Chart Size'Setting: 2.9 4 ov sax eeues cag ayaa nee 1055 66s woe 1-8
1.3.3 Chart Loading «0.0.6... ccc cece nee 1-9
1.3.4 Pen Installation. sic cnc ey cas scureaee ress vowuear ebveww wats 1-14
13.5 Plotting The Internal CONFIDENCE Plot .................. 1-15
1.4 INTERFACE TO THE COMPUTER .........-.-0. see eeees 1-18
1.4.1 Data Cable Connection ..... 0.0... c ccc ce eee eee nee 1-18
1.4.2 Configuring The Plotter ........... 0.0.0 e cece eee eee eee 1-20
1.4.3 Additional Information For AutoCAD And VersaCAD Setup ... 1-23
1.4.3.1 Confistration’ «+ swsvseezase amend bess iy eemage ee eeeN bad 1-23
1.4.3.2 CHPPINS sd vesoang sie G baimraiin uae Gomme eee ee 1-24
1.4.3.3 Pen Tip Width, sane. esas san seas se seas warden eeed oe aos 1-25
1.4.3.4 Multi-Colored Plots ........ 0.0... eee eee eee 1-25
1.4.3.5 SUEY LAGS = 5.5 eutissiiaseiare gis se cadnntndy Hb deste vs tsynabusesan nome ate waa 1-26
1.5 WHERE TO FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION .......... 1-26
1.6 PRODUGCT'SUPPORT sevsciexaainagesetssaeaosa rane teas s 1-27
17 OTHER PRODUCTS: snc 0 ha benieulens € he ania sine heer sees ® 1-28
18 WARRANTY REGISTRATION .......0....02..0. 000000 e eee 1-28
1.9 ORDERING SUPPLIES 2.0.0... cece cece eee eee eens 1-28
CCCCCECCCCCECCCCCECCCCCOCCECECCCCECCCCCECECCCCCCE
3933333333 3333333333333333333333333333393333
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
SECTION DESCRIPTION PAGE
2 OPERATION .oscsccsecsarncectonscceswesesses 2-1
2.1 INTRODUCTION ois cscswwiee cre sanow denise sgeamanesty. 2-1
2.2 GENERAL INFORMATION ..... 00... cc cee eee ees 2-1
2.3 IDENTIFYING YOUR PLOTTER MODEL ................. 2-2
2.4 ACCESSORIES «454444 tens8 68 bee de oasis ws aaa sO RE 2-5
25) OPERATING FEATURES .......... 0.0000 e eee eee eee 2-6
2.6 CONTROL PANEL cicianeesserssus ew neaveeeesaeaenae? 2-9
2.6.1 Liquid Crystal Display .......... 0... cece cece eee ees 2-10
2.6.2 RESET/LOAD Key. iia cece cs oe gay weg ces ere gage nes 2-10
2.6.3 ONDINE: Key’ 39:3 Hs 9 ma.gae so onus wissen eed csp manned 2-11
2.6.4 MIB NU IR) aieces cuits. 3 48 edetaiad woe ew ataeiginke 8.84 wd asec ae 2-12
2.6.5 ENTER ROY ‘oon gg 7 dau eur ee pee ome Sse t4e eeEES ES 2-15
2.6.6 MAN DIS CYS ncn s 5a. euengid Gorn da Seana owe RO eiineretea Oh 2-15
2.6.7 ATTOW RES: wns. cad onced 1822 supe eRe yy Eae geo OY 2-15
2.6.8 PEN UP/DN Rey s ceaacciensie 066 £25 gpimnince a on sare ween es 2-15
2.6.9 PEN:SELECT Key i. ..ciiicdrnn ee vad eievans saa nmmmnns 2-16
2.7 NORMAL OPERATION ........... 0.00. c cence eee eens 2-16
2.7.1 Online Operation ............ 2... eee eee 2-16
2.7.2 Offline Operation: oo 2. cs wcuwwsa ee sta aaa eis gee ewewes 2-17
2:13) DigiiZing . seen cet ia ev mane ages oats eenge seis sR ROE AS 2-17
2.7.4 Clipping And Scaling ........ 0.0... cece eee eee 2-18
3.1 INTRODUCTION) oii sss ascesues eset as aauwad besa e a mame ey 3-1
3.2 CHART'SIZE|SETTING js wseasccegsevamannneespasaaunns 3-1
3.3 CUT SHEET CHART LOADING ...............00..-.0000-- 3-8
3.4 ROLL CHART LOADING ON DMP-162R .............005 3-10
3.4.1 Configuring The Plotter For Roll Mode ..............2..4- 3-11
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
SECTION DESCRIPTION PAGE
3.4.2 ROM DOAGIIE -..0.5 osicsanierns a edie Wechsler aes hw woruemn ew ee wa 3-11
3.4.3 Roll Chart Cutting sassy cccssiawereteceeewedeeeeeces yarn 3-14
3.4.4 Roll Chart Recommended Handling ................-...... 3-16
3.5 PLOT ORIGIN AND AXES ORIGIN .............000000005 3-17
3.6 CHART SUPPLIES iio. acoso ied cuaee ieee ep eamene cera eas 3-22
3.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS ..............0004 3-27
4.1 INTRODUCTION 4a :eisieg as cvsewren eect easwrwavacesieaae 4-1
4.2 BEN CARE: 5 ssso 8 andispcuesihe: trash oy bts waders a alboate ge daueeanas Wace de a eas 4-1
4.2.1 CBMMIG. PED. s.0 «nikita tag at avecunds pease kn Aenean Shee ea aes 4-2
4.2.2 Disposable Paper Pen Or Disposable Film Pen ............... 43
4.2.3 Refillable Tungsten Pen Or Refillable Paper Pen .............. 44
4.2.4 Fiber—Tip Pen Or Roller Ball Pen ...............00..000000, 4-6
4.3 BEN LOADING 5 ioc ssipsuscss abe $a sisiauauaiay he 8 ba ve a wibsonehan'sl sade 4 Be 4-7
44 PEN SUPPLIES) «as scjsiaiter aca aa iu sveneni ad tata dciemmen i aed seme 48
4.5 MEDIA COMPATIBILITY .......... 0.0 c cece cece ee eee eee 4-18
5 USER SELECT MENU .......... cc cee eeeeeeeee Sl
5.1 INTRODUCTION 3 34 s.cicisies p48 Foe comes ede eae cane nee’ 5-1
5.2 MENU OPERATION .... 0... cece eee eee eee 5-1
5.3 USER'SELECT :c:2s coma gsiaseemetmaend seer eames geeises 5-1
6 LCD CONTRAST MENU ......... ee ere ae |
6.1 INTRODUCTION s goi'ccpincnsnai saa. 0c suelegouinin 9.29 WAH rane ene dnd 6-1
6.2 MENU OPERATION wissiswsc csc seautioenne peu yawns anes aes 6&1
6.3 LCD GONERAST «+ «5 snissia geag4e shed BS EER Meeoe owes 6-1
Ccecccececcecceccecccececceccecccecccecccccecce
(933323333 233333333233333333333333333333333933
SECTION
7
TA
Ted.
v3
7.4
75
7.6
pid
7.8
79
7.10
711
712
713
7.14
7AS
7.16
TAT
7.18
7.19
7.20
7.21
7.22,
7.23
7.24
7.25
7.26
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
DESCRIPTION PAGE
CONFIGURATION MENU ........ cece eeeeeeeee Jl
INTRODUCTION gaits tes 65 we sedininusen's wri Geiss ooee Ss ae 7-1
CONFIGURATION isin s sae eons sees sae emia ce os cues 7-1
MENU'OPERATION cae cen e cecnsien nes eay cuinnee ee ene 75
PEN VELOCITY. ss ivsas vcvassasnrnevee as swamres est awaen 7-6
BEN "TIP‘SIZES soi msuiiais, din nai t's oteecurn nee 3 os whaSIOE or Heian Oe 7-1
VELOCITY OVERRIDE «2. icin cei scct cin sam eens saan 7-8
PEN ACCELERATION. 3.6605 oie susie a ce cae ealeioeene pee oeae 7-9
MEDIA VELOCITY sec. essecaesewsvevsaenweeusieeteean 7-10
MEDIA ACCELERATION ..... 0.006... c cece cence eee 7-10
CARRIAGE VELOCITY oi icsascwewcsece aaa eewisecisaa as 7-ll
CARRIAGE ACCELERATION ....... 0.000: e cence eens 7-12
UP DELAY 2x50 3 megs sess es pene E ye see MEO EEE Ss ee BS 7-12
DOWN DELAY” is sisjacucers ease. w wank Aes da pacman ww ace 8 UD 7-13
CHART FEED gs. ecasceeet as swe nureedeaag Memat ood bab wi 7J-13
LOAD DELAY © a icc gina. 4 wa wepiind i Wie oH i Arata nar ewe 7-14
CUT DELAY sessing wets da pa man Hee aes MORNE EE Se SRS 7-15
NUMBER OF PENS 605. caauaunsude ces saricn ene cea usta 7-16
PENS/GROUP a vices cce case weas boone saa Res HEE EWR THES 7-18
TANG UAE. icesscncr sss tia a trntier go Heed h aytcecdtdn ese ek 8 pesous 7-19
OPTIMIZATION ess foes sea sews s 2 es seg eer) hoe ea RES 7-20
MENG DINITS: jasssessccgs saan i ue ulsonsiaionan hype ada ie wadcanbiar'ersl 9.0.8 do water 7-21
AUTO-CAPPING fccccsciauwswerevancqumawne dey aes orien 7-22
PEN PAU SB it esncvsite ain os mura ivsann 9 ye 4d WG edeotea'en Giles a6 hades 7-23
ORIENTATION esis ce es ea asians be eee de eat ee ee ¥ oe wor 7-23
ADDRESSING scien aces om Wiciots We 8s wee musimcaie ee LEE eat © 7-24
TEXTEOND aginctizas seem saedeves weeb ey ties aaveees 7-25
SECTION
T20
7.28
7.29
7.30
7.31
7.32
7.33
7.34
7.35
7.36
8
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
DESCRIPTION PAGE
(EES DE SRACIING duiccishen un ate Bicanntareia g's wn wicharomuen neh i Seated 7-27
CHARACTER SED sicncccs ss saniinesaivea eserves cer staws 7-29
OPEN FONTS « sqacwasociigpesemss ieeeeapeaasseuree eas 7-30
ZERO CHARACTER: cash os 4g wetieke ed og Sn meeneneial se ee S a Us 7-31
BAUD RATE ccs x oornie'n 0c ee a aAeiaiiin Ho! 0 aces wenn tas Ow He 7-32
PARITY 30425444 oware e bee ies k BURNS eRe esa DESY en eoas ae 7-33
RTS/DTR (HANDSHAKING) ......... 0.0.2 cece eee eee 7-34
TINE SS WA BUS) oes scssuaessr ssc S 8 Sardenongas Lu Se 8 8 Granden oer aie BOL 7-35
DM/PLERRORS 4 isccwsnes os una iiniom eee tana nmmnn ed Ex ee ae 7-36
CHART COMMANDS .......... 0c c cee eee eee eens 7-37
INTRODUCTION! » 9 isscrisie o oe ¥es SOME DS ESE KE Ewe doe eee o's 8-1
CLIP & SCALE sass acca tthe ee desma vend cetecesainens oa neu 8-1
MENU OPERATION ..... 6.002 cece cece eee nee 8-1
QUICK SCALE: 6 as cssoacie stay ummam eee r age mules EeRES 446 82
CIP s acingostee sas Sieals oN eL) 6 be QNSaeead sekaacamnsases ea 8-5
SCALE cio goes 5 eUalawedl | scrubs Seeibind TR ea ee Sune de ees VES 8-9
VIEW POR coc :c:0's a is eapinnchiond aca Voons A Yolateiet NictHed Dc vere Greate BEV Gs 8-14
MIRROR PLOT ics wseiiionea rade oan st eden sway pee Oe ES 8-16
DRAW BORDERS: a3 exnec eves ss smewu ous ee ess ewanenEress 8-21
INTERNAL PLOTS MENU .......cccseseeeeeee GI
INTRODUCTION 243 ccassceacwsens essere eiwenneees 9-1
MENU OPERATION sawee cass eves waeaas ea saewaevnreaes 9-1
INTERNAL PLOTS) 5.0 sineuie see a auitiavecn cade cu wees Bae 9-2
MENU, BEGUT cists Ac¥on tary rangi ibrcce oo Breas nl AS sie a0 A nts Bosc 9-2
CONFIDENCE PLOT wiesee ces cess sueaebevecageweneeesas 9-4
DIN PLOT ceciaccsee ct ome tee see CoM ERGs os soem sue ies 9-6
FONT. DEMO BLOF 6 4 erceais wed esa isinniin see ene simatic ae ain 9-8
ceccccceccecceccecceccece cece cecccccceecececce
339233332393 33933332393393333333333333333333933I333
SECTION
10
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4
10.5
10.6
10.7
10.8
10.9
10.10
10.11
10.12
10.13
i
11.1
11.2
11.2.1
11.2.2
11.2.3
11.2.4
11.3
11.4
11.4.1
11.4.2
11.5
11.6
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
DESCRIPTION PAGE
SERVICE MODE MENU ........-.eceeeeeeeees LOL
INTRODUCTION scniss ceeg soemain ees ee Heed oR aes ge we 10-1
MENU OPERATION ... 0.0.06: cuecieen se bean ntueneie we ee ose meee 10-1
SERVICE. MODE aves cas ten sesiae ieee ssa atau aa ee aa cece 10-2
SERVICE PLOT we.ss-008 Pad 8 weiss Hees eee SOA LE Ree sous 10-3
PAPER SENSOR joins ci iien 0 Wiese Kee de se Wi udtecdion ey #4 98 wniehans 10-3
MP-SOINSTAEL wg ies cgsaenwwened can somewne esis ae een 1044
PENSPEN TEST opccdc cece teisaig can 252 ta tiene h ee de ote oie 10-5
PEN LIFT SETUP iiss cessiawavwares vara ne s 40a mies 10-6
"TRACKING TEST 5.5 2.4 sed ease ee Be ap bees onde ee Rea 10-6
FRICTION BLOOD secs oi 5c. voce scien ddan sa be bastonnsitie nade aimee 10-8
RS232 TEST 4 sspyacre sees a iananca gy 6 98 BA Ne ney see a aasar 10-10
DRAM TES D5 ociicr sn 8's x Sbasheaters od aie Pawnee s LER Reem OME 10-11
TINSTTALE, MENG) siya ses.d o 4 winvieansten doe tuh uss poeta etn VRpa eck een 10-12
INTRODUCTION 5243 ceswededeis stamens gaia ae eeseee 11-1
CLEANING cnccicnct's aoe S Keener OR GAS Ee bebeatin HSE RE Seaweed 11-1
General Cleaning ..o.5s4 sueee ees eae oom eeE ds cas eases 11-1
INK'StaMs: ¢csieaiecvs a $6 Sawdidd Ons e eae eadshS EDTA SERS HS 11-1
CHAE SETS asdiisnas Sorex 6 eis Given sche wares acecn i anebaete 9) ae vk Rane eceneas'y 11-2
DIM) gcccnee cher saad eons des gad Same dR vasa dusnenea 8a 11-3
VOLTAGE CONVERSION ........... 000: c cece eee eee 114
PEN/ CHANGER? 55 esses ener cade Wawmioniord dosed wane Reo 11-8
Pen Changer Adjustment ......... 0... ce cece eee eee ee ee 11-8
Pen Changer Pad Replacement ..................0-0 0000 11-9
TROUBLESHOOTING) 0. wcssni ose 5 ase arertnenes one ait aw ow wianited 11-10
SERVICE SUPPORT ¢ sa cease dcr seaareiaed ceed eas mwtmens 11-22
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
SECTION DESCRIPTION PAGE
12 DM/PL COMMANDS .........666 ai A SH Beas HS 12-1
12.1 INTRODUCTION cue ccesas ream ions a eagaumesen te ses emen 12-1
12.2 DM/PL COMMAND FORMAT ............6. 000000 12-1
12.3 DM/PL COMMAND ORGANIZATION ...........0026.0005 12-2
12.4 DM/PL COMMAND LISTING ..........0... 0000 eee 12-2
13 HP-GL COMMANDS....... Ce te 13-1
13.1 INTRODUGTION socnccuisgaereueeseissswomeceser as awe 13-1
13.2 HP-GLCOMMAND FORMAT .........0....0000 cesses 13-2
13.3 HP-GL COMMAND ORGANIZATION ...........0600000 5s 13-3
13.4 HP-GL COMMAND LISTING ......... 006... .0 cece ee eeeee 13-4
13.5 HP-GL NO OPERATION (NOP) COMMANDS ............. 13-13
13.6 HP-GL DEVICE CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS ............. 13-14
14 HP-GL/2 COMMANDS .......... S28 eRe Newey 14-1
14.1 INTRODUCTION: wsscctsasis ceo 1 oistauna, oo 6a nina uoncenmrai ese va se 14-1
14.2 HP-GL/2 COMMAND FORMAT ............2.. 00002222055 14.2
14.3 HP-GL/2 COMMAND ORGANIZATION .........622.. 0000 14-3
14.4 HP-GL/2 COMMAND LISTING .............0 00s eee eee 14-4
14.5 HP-GL/2 NO OPERATION (NOP) COMMANDS ........... 14-12
14.6 HP-GL/2 DEVICE CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS ............ 14-13
APPENDIX A GENERAL INFORMATION ........... A-1
Al INTRODUCTION 4 ..0sc0a see e isomers creer saa tecieadea rans A-1
A2 SPECIFICATIONS. cc.cjcn nec s ces siesais cnet ears intaiainaes nani A-1
A3 LOAD, ABORT, AND RESET PARAMETERS .............. A-5
A4 EFFECTS OF CHANGING
CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS ............00 0000 ee eee A-9
cecccececceccecccececccecce cece tcccecccecececece
3333233333333333333333333333333333333333333
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
SECTION DESCRIPTION PAGE
APPENDIX B INTERFACE ....... 0.0 cece cece eee eees B-1
B.1 INTRODUCTION siacares cou wince ta tee tna esecoueiels ab ee diecpatie B-1
B.2 INTERFACE NOTES 2 sssssaswsw cers sitaawwoae vasa ia wanes B-1
B.2.1 IBM And Compatible Computers .................2...00-. B-2
B.2.2 Apple And Compatible Computers ...............0.0200005 B-7
B3 AVAILABLE SIGNALS 2. scssisencgesssioowwenee esas woes B-8
GLOSSARY ..... ccc ccc cece eee e ence nen ce eee eereeses G-1
DINE oe saa aici wisn ti wat hon is wig 6 bw tw ta eve ase Ho bee Scan ae “ee mA Sie ae I-1
Xv
xvi
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
FIGURE DESCRIPTION PAGE
1-1 EXAMPLE.120 VOLT'SETTING «0 ccccses ci ee en ai ieraisren oe aide iw mceinie 1-3
12 MP-80 PEN CHANGER INSTALLATION ...........000 00sec eee ee 1-5
1-3 GROUND CONNECTION .... 2.2... eee eee 1-6
14 POWERES WATE css wissen oti te Sa aetna ide eels yeeReeel oh Pole thn weeleaeie 1-7
1-5 CHART SIZE SETTING: jacsiece osc esisysore ceen oa wiecsinlorn ee ca ea avearers 1-8
16 LOADING A CUT SHEET CHART .... 0.0... cece cece eee 1-10
1-7 INSTALLING ROLL SHAFT WITH ROLL .................0.005 1-12
1-8 LOADING A ROLL CHART ........ 000 ccc eee eee 1-13
1-9 PENLINSTALLATION siesta e oie 80's 9 a wavaener nee $ gee a remmnstey @O 0.4 Ae a esas 1-15
1-10 CUSTOMER CONFIDENCE TEST PLOT ..................0000. 1-17
1-11 DATACABLE CONNECTION ...........0. 0 cece eee eens 1-19
2-1(a) DMP-161 AND DMP-162 PLOTTERS ............. 0.000. e ee euee 2-3
2-1(b) DMP-162R PLOTTER ........... cc ccc cece eee eee ee eens 2-4
2-2 SCANNER ACCESSORY. wise -os oes gia inners 6d 2 ea eanrenern oe nee anasniein 2-6
2-3 OPERATING FEATURES .............0....0 00220000 e ee eee eee 2-7
2-4 CONTROL: PANE. 6-5 i seasscues dios foro bo tiddencone: aie okinaamebiys ena deenteel 2-9
2-5 MENU STRUCTURE: é i icisicsc tiie e $4 cuisine so sae a tude tee ca aiwiee 2-14
3-1 CHART SIZE SETUING ois.045 465085 mate 6626 Sodas yews gongin 3-2
3-2 CHART MARGINS «4 ca vnwseeeees soe efae REET EE ERAS Serve ene ee win 3-6
3-3 CUT SHEET CHART LOADING ......... 0... c ccc eee 3-10
34 ROLL INSTALLATION satesacee dae saws gad ncgeees maces nurs ddan 3-14
3-5 ROLL-CHART LOADING jos dccic saa ceasines ces saengaeeasieaae 3-15
3-6 DM/PL:AXES ORIGIN 3 sos c00 9655 Wiig dee se esaaeareee svar 3-18
Ceccececcccececcccecceccececececcceccccecececcecceec
3939333293333 333333333332333339333333333333333333
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)
FIGURE DESCRIPTION PAGE
3-7 HP-GLAXES ORIGIN, syincswineie tnd Sota be We ea Oa cece soe ea 3-19
3-8 HP-GL/2 AXES ORIGIN .... 0... cece cece eee ee ene 3-20
3-9 OPERATING RANGE FOR ALL FILM
AND SMALL CHART PAPER .... 0.02.22 ee eee 3-28
3-10 OPERATING RANGE FOR
LARGE CHART PAPER AND VELLUM ...............00000 005 3-29
4-1 CERAMIC PEN occu ese esaines tases eamthcdei eee amedw ede ges aes 42
42 DISPOSABLE PAPER PEN
OR DISPOSABLE FILM PEN .......... 0.0.0. ce cece eee eee e eee 43
43 REFILLABLE TUNGSTEN PEN
OR REFILLABLE PAPER PEN .......... 0.00 e cece eee neers 45
44 FIBER—TIP PEN OR ROLLER BALL PEN .............0.. 000s eee 46
455 PEN INSUALIGATION. 0 suescs ae ot ee mnie ge #42 RRS Gece ones be Seamus 438
46 MEDIA COMPATIBILITY ........... 0.200 e cece eee eee eee 4-19
5-1 EXAMPLE CONFIGURATION ........ 0.0.0 ccc cece 5-3
Fl CONFIGURATION SUB-MENUS ... 1.6... cece cece TA
7-2 TEXT SPACING ciissammedetssssesaaga seis baadaggeetise eae 7-28
7-3 OPEN FONTS jc2esgscmiwe geese ee mmmse neg eyes oman dees sawn 7-30
74 ZERO CHARACTER saueosgas cass seman eee ts os snww bee ee ay we 7-31
8-1 CLIP AND SGALE:. 44 piniieaic ceca ere tam vids teaaumuine uses sa ames 8-2
8-2 ORIGINAL PLOT ai inceecia nea os ae meuue re dae waren ee 6 46 Guar 84
8-3 QUICK SCALE PLOP ccsiie cco ceca wun nee eee ere eee esos wu mes 8-4
84 LOWER LEFT AND UPPER RIGHT POINTS .............0..54-- 8-6
8-5 CLIP POINTS 60 ci cccancia nies 4 wa ani oe eee aa marNN eRe N ew oe 8-8
XVili
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)
FIGURE DESCRIPTION PAGE
8-6 CLIP PLOP 5000 csc ecw vives ae sues oye Saale oi eee ets ae 8-9
8-7 SCALE POD) 6s sua srncasrnins 68 aw eadenain oes Kx Sahoranar sa » Se ad cede 8-12
8-8 ENLARGED SCALE PLOT 0.02420 eciesion sea ne ewlieuin gos e dd 8 aul 8-12
8-9 AUTO-SCALE PLOT 5 sicdu ese steamaderess sameeede nes ssewaey 8-13
8-10 VIEWPORT PLOT js scnweiis ci enaseuwi gn o5 4 wmaie be Oe da ames 8-15
8-11 MIRROR-OPTIONS icc ccicc cad einen eee a wien eee eeu wae 8-17
S312 MIRROR BLOT eis ccnessad yee ote ieee ied Penney We De oe ew hROOS 8-19
8-13 REVERSED MIRROR PLOT ............ 0. cece cece eens 8-19
8-14 SCALEPLOY srcidiawsd cgesspasmmagedeioetemung efeares came 8-20
8-15 REDUCED PLOT 4 isinwecseexenewemeyons oye eHeee pee oe an ema 8-20
8-16 DRAW BORDERS EXAMPLE ........ 0.0.06 c cece eee eens 8-22
9-1 MENU PLOT’... 2 sesineta caress emined BSNS EER RDS OHNE Ee ee eedeae 9-3
9-2 CONFIDENCE PLOT sijsia esis ca swine ee ue ess geese eee cae ERO 9-5
9-3 DIN PLOT a5 ceca na eurs i cee en aman nares aaa eT Seed aes SRS eA 9-7
9-4 FONT DEMO ssa. sananes es ecu duedinis we 4 ao muevee qiaalie vx ee sacereneL® » 9-8
10-1 SERVICE PLOY wo. weesssccceg cewiecyesses meee acts ea eers's 10-3
10-2 =PEN=PENTEST 20 ccc cn eee c cumin ie seeus Waa oe ae me aedia 3 10-5
10-3: ~ TRACKING TESY” -aicicne wi ws od seta Nine Ree Beaeeete eh ky wa wanes 10-7
10-4 FRICTION POT” | a isuilace sit nos oo eustesin ep see deus oh He oe wees s 10-9
10-5 LOOPBACK CABLE 3.0.0 05:55 seacesiactnes seme wince sees wulews 10-10
M1 CHART SENSOR: oa sisccies ses es owen st eee aw eRe HRW 8 9 weal & 11-2
W1=2 DRUM CLEANING oie occu scien ca ee ae eosin se ne can inenee 114
11-3. EXAMPLE 120 VOLT SETTING .............. 00000 c cee eee 11-5
11-4 POWERENTRY MODULE ..... 2.0.0... ccc ccc cece eee 11-7
1i-5 =PEN CHANGER ADJUSTMENT ..................0. 00000000 11-8
cceccecececcceccecececcecccececececcececceccceceece ccc
99 IZFZIIIIZLZIIIZIFZII9I7I3723I39339339833333333333333333
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS (Continued)
FIGURE DESCRIPTION PAGE
B-1 25~PIN TO 9-PIN CABLE ............ 20.00 cece ee eee eee eee B2
B-2 25—-PIN TO 25-PIN CABLE ....... 0.0... cece cece eee nets B-3
B-3 DSAMBGE PUD so aye ba veasaniss Grace & dead bunches An WE asks eumiine On dete waa pelle BO
B4 25~PIN TO 8-PIN DIN CABLE ........... 000 e cece e eee eee B-7
B-5 25—-PIN TO 9-PIN DIN CABLE ....... 00... 0c cece eee ee eee B-8
B-6 AVAILABLE SIGNALS .... 0... ccc eee ee eens B-10
xx
TABLE
3-2
3-8
LIST OF TABLES
DESCRIPTION PAGE
EXPANSION BUFFER KITS. 20.00 e cance eens ae meee eens 2-5
MENU QUICK-REFERENCE ......... 0000. c cece cece eee nee 2-13
DMP-160 STANDARD CHART SIZES .......... 0.0000 e eee 344
MAXIMUM PLOTTING AREAS ........ 0... cece eee 3-7
SINGLE-MATTE POLYESTER FILM ..............00 0c cues 13-23
CLEAR COATED FILM
(FOR WATER-BASED INKS) ....... 0... 0c cece cece cece 3-23
CLEAR ACETATE FILM
(FOR SOLVENT-BASED INKS) ..... 00.0000 cece ee cece eee 3-23
PREMIUM PLUS VELLUM ........ 0.0 cece eee c eee e reece neens 3-24
GLOSSY PRESENTATION BOND ...........0. 000: v eee eee ees 3-25
MATTE PRESENTATION BOND ........ 0000 c ccc e cece eens 3-25
TRANSLUCENT BOND eociascimicsescressmednnvnei sepa avenres 3-26
CERAMIC PENS 3 + senso argss smog enes sa dumanny ed i545 bene aes 49
DISPOSABLE PAPER PENS (STANDARD BODY) ............--- 4-10
DISPOSABLE PAPER PENS (LONG-BODY) ..........-..000000 4-11
DISPOSABLE FILM PENS) ics assssctsce cemewennveessoweoaes 4-13
REBICLABLE PENS wwseicccs p ot cae warning cea eed ba ee Ae ae waNnarDe g 4-14
INK FOR REFILLABLE PENS .......6.. 0.0. c cee c eee ee eeees 414
FIBER-TIP WATER-BASED INK PENS .............0-000 02 eee 4-16
FIBER-TIP SOLVENT-BASED INK PENS ..............22-00055 4-17
ROLLER BALL PENS iio 4 isn voarsisrnen ad noe a amninien oie vale Aeon 4-18
CCCCECCCECOCCCCECCCEcececcecee cece ceccecececceeeccecce
9332332333333 33338333333393833333333333333333333
LIST OF TABLES (Continued)
TABLE DESCRIPTION PAGE
7-1 CONFIGURATION QUICK—REFERENCE .............0005 7-2
7-2 PEN SUBSTILUTION i. ciestiecn en eno baud PORE ERE SREY SE 7-17
73 RENS/GROUR © o:3 2 2c:tawayees vas beech RELIES EA RET HES 7-18
4 FONT AND CHARACTER SET COMBINATIONS ......... 7-26
10-1 INSTALL MENU SETTINGS ........... 0. cece eee eee 10-12
11-1 POWER REQUIREMENTS ............0 00 cece eee eens 11-5
11-2 HP-GLORHP-GL/2 ERRORS .............. 0s eee ee eee 11-21
13-1 HP-GL CHARACTER SETS ........ 0.0... eee eee eens 13-7
13-2. IDENTIFICATION RESPONSE ........... 0.000 c sees 13-11
14-1 HP-GL/2 CHARACTER SETS .......... 0.00 c cece eens 14-5
14-2. IDENTIFICATION RESPONSE .............-..000..0005- 14-9
A-1 SPECIFICATIONS: 5 i a.000 66 24 e8 Cawwes Ses oe ee REEL OEE E SAS A-1
A-2. LOAD AND ABORT PARAMETERS ..........0:sseeeeees A-6
A-3 RESET PARAMETERS 2... cc iccce ste ce es aeeeeeseetaae A-7
B-1 IBM SAMPLE DM/PL PROGRAM ............ esse eens B-S
B2 IBM SAMPLE HP-GL PROGRAM ......... 0.000 c cece eens B-5
B-3 IBM SAMPLE HP-GL/2 PROGRAM ..............02000005 B-6
xxi
xxii
DATE
OCT 91
MANUAL REVISION HISTORY
NOTES
Original issue.
ceeccecccceccecccecccecccececccccecececccceccce
1-1
SECTION 1
QUICK START
NOTE
Be sure to read this section of this manual to get started. The remaining
sections are provided as reference information.
1.1 INTRODUCTION
Congratulations on your purchase of a Houston Instrument DMP-160 Series Plotter! We
know that you will find this to be a useful graphics tool and that you will receive many years
of service from it.
We also realize that most of us like to put our new computer accessories to work as soon as
possible. The DMP-160 Series Plotters have been carefully designed for both easy
installation and easy use. In most cases, you can use the following directions and have the
plotter operating with your computer and plotting software very quickly.
Please keep in mind that these directions are simply intended as a quick way to help you use
your new plotter. If you have any difficulty, refer to the referenced sections of this manual.
1.2; MANUAL ORGANIZATION
This manual is the DMP-160 Series Plotters Operation Manual, part number MI-1179. It
contains the information needed for installation and operation of the plotter. For ease of
reference, this manual is divided into sections and appendixes of related topics. A table of
contents in the front of the manual serves as an outline to these topics. An index in the back
of the manual helps you find specific information. A glossary is also provided in the back of
the manual.
® Section 1 is Quick Start information to help you set up your plotter and get it going
as soon as possible.
“
ba]
i]
.
fa)
r
~*~
E
r
Ca]
*
a.)
*"
“*
(a)
Li]
-y
“”
La.)
r)
*
a ]
r
Y
ba ]
ra)
"
*
Ca)
Ca)
"
r
rs)
r.)
re.)
“"
”
(ia)
(a)
i]
(a)
re
QUICK START
12
Section 2 contains Operation information to help you become familiar with the
plotter.
Section 3 is Charts and Section 4 is Pens. These sections explain the plotting
supplies used with your plotter.
Sections 5 through 10 are devoted to the Menus used to configure the plotter to
your requirements and preferences.
Section 11 contains Maintenance information for operator maintenance of the
plotter.
Sections 12, 13, and 14 contain information about the DM/PL, HP-GL, and
HP-GL/2 plotting languages.
Appendixes A and B, are devoted to General Information and Interface
Information.
13 PLOTTING YOUR FIRST PLOT
In the following paragraphs, you will learn to:
Assemble and install the plotter,
Set the chart size and load a chart,
Install pens,
Verify plotter operation by plotting the internal CONFIDENCE plot.
CECCCECCCELCCECECCCCCCCECECECCECECCCECCCECEC
9333939333333 FF3IFBALZ3ZIZIII3I33339333333333333333333
QUICK START
1-3
1.3.1 Assembly And Installation
o
Unpack the plotter, stand, and accessories from the shipping boxes. It is
recommended that you save the packing material because it has been specially
designed to protect the equipment for storage or shipment. (The packing material
may be needed as evidence if filing a shipping damage claim.) In any case, be sure
to save the packing material at least until operation of the plotter is verified.
CAUTION
Verify your actions in the next step. Otherwise, damage to the plotter
may result if you attempt to operate the plotter on the wrong voltage.
Look at the power entry module on the bottom of the plotter. The power entry
module uses a pin to indicate the plotter’s voltage setting (see Figure 1-1). Be sure
the indicated voltage matches the line voltage at your site (100, 120, 220, or 240
Vac). If not, refer to Paragraph 11.3.
120 VOLT
SETTING
FIGURE 1-1. EXAMPLE 120 VOLT SETTING
QUICK START
1-4
CAUTION
Do not operate the plotter until after you have assembled the floor stand
and attached the plotter to it. Otherwise, damage to the plotter or the
plotting materials may result.
For Model DMP-161 and Model DMP-162, assemble the plotter stand and attach
the plotter to the stand using the instructions packed with the stand.
For Model DMP-162R, assemble the plotter stand, attach the plotter to the stand
and install the rollfeed assembly using the instructions packed with the stand.
Place the MP-80 pen changer on top of the plotter as shown in Figure 1-2. Route
the pen changer cable through the small groove in the pen changer base. Connect
the cable to the socket on the bottom of the pen changer. Hand-tighten the two
captive screws on the base of the pen changer to attach it to the plotter, then tighten
them using a screwdriver. Be sure that the pen changer arm is lowered and latched
into operating position.
If you have any trouble with the pen changer, refer to Paragraph 11.4.
ccecccecececccccecececcececcceccceececcececcee
QUICK START
1-5
PEN
CHANGER
CABLE CAPTIVE
SCREW
FIGURE 1-2. MP-80 PEN CHANGER INSTALLATION
Oo If installing the optional scanner accessory, refer to the instructions packed with
the Model 128A or 128AMC SCAN-CAD scanner.
NOTE
Safety Ground Installation: An insulated grounding conductor that is
identical in size, insulation material, and thickness to the grounded and
ungrounded branch-circuit supply conductors except that it is green
with or without one or more yellow stripes should be installed as part of
the branch circuit that supplies power to the wall outlet.
The grounding conductor described above is to be grounded to earth at
the electrical service equipment, or if supplied by a separately derived
system, the grounding conductor should be at the supply transformer
motor—generator set.
The attachment plug receptacles in the vicinity of the unit are to be ofa
grounding type, and the grounding conductors serving these receptacles
are to be connected to earth ground of the service equipment.
33323323333333333333333333333333333333333333
QUICK START
1-6
Connect the power cord to the bottom of the plotter and to the power source. See
Figure 1-11. The plotter’s ground circuitry protects you from electrical shock.
However, this protection is effective only if the ac outlet is properly grounded to
earth. If the plotter is connected to a two—contact wall outlet, a 3/2 adaptor with
grounding lug/wire may be used. This type of connection is illustrated in Figure
1-3. Be sure to read the safety instructions in the front of this manual before
operating the plotter.
EUROPE:
MAKE SURE THIS IS
CONNECTED TO A
KNOWN GROUND
USA:
THREE-PRONG. MAKE SURE THIS IS
CONNECTED TO A
KNOWN GROUND
et |
TWO-PRONG
OUTLET
LE
3-2 ADAPTOR
FIGURE 1-3. GROUND CONNECTION
Ccecceccecccceccecececcececceccccecccece cece
9323233233239 IIIZIIIIIIZIIIFZIIIII2I3339I13392333333333
QUICK START
1-7
Oo Find the POWER switch and set it to ON to power on the plotter. See Figurel—4.
Notice that the plotter powers up with the fan on. The control panel displays
SHEET NOT LOADED when the plotter is ready for use.
SWITCH
162R
POWER
SWITCH
161/162
FIGURE 1+4. POWER SWITCH
QUICK START
1-8
1.3.2 Chart Size Setting
Oo Raise the left pinch roller arm (on the adjustable pinch roller). See Figure 1-5.
CHART
SIZE LEFT PINCH
MARKERS ROLLER LEVER
ARM
RIGHT PINCH
ROLLER LEVER
ADJUSTABLE
PINCH ROLLER
DETAIL
THUMBSCREW
THREADED
HOLE
FIGURE 1-5. CHART SIZE SETTING
Ccececcecceececccccecececceccececceccecececce
333233333333 3333333333333333333333333333333
chart size marker (on top of the plotter) that matches the size of the chart you are
using. Insert the thumbscrew into the corresponding threaded hole on the platen,
then tighten the thumbscrew (clockwise).
If you have any difficulty with chart size setting, refer to Section 3.
1.3.3. Chart Loading
Cut sheet charts can be loaded on Model DMP-161, Model DMP-162, and Model
DMP-162R. Roll charts can be loaded on Model DMP-162R.
NOTE
To activate a control panel key, be sure to press directly on the key label.
QO To load a cut sheet chart, raise the left and right pinch roller arms. For the
DMP-162R, make sure the media guide wireform and wireform basket are in their
storage positions. Slide the cut sheet chart under both pinch rollers. When loading
larger size charts, you may find it easier to insert the chart from the rear of the
plotter. When loading smaller charts, you may find it easier to insert the chart from
the front of the plotter. Carefully adjust the chart so that its right edge aligns with
but does not cover the line on the right side of the platen. Align the front edge of the
chart with the groove on the front of the platen. See Figure 1-6. Lower both pinch
roller arms to secure the chart in the plotter.
For the DMP-162R plotter, press the MENU key until CONFIGURATION is
displayed and press the ENTER key. Press the up arrow or down arrow key to
display CHART FEED. Press the left arrow or right arrow key to display CUT
SHEET and press ENTER.
QUICK START
1-9
Oo Loosen the thumbscrew (counterclockwise) on the adjustable pinch roller. See
Figure 1-5.
QO Position the adjustable pinch roller so that the thumbscrew is aligned with the
QUICK START
1-10
GROOVE
ALIGN WITH
PLATEN LINE
ALIGN WITH
PLATEN GROOVE
FIGURE 1-6. LOADING A CUT SHEET CHART
oO Toloadaroll chart on the DMP-162R plotter, make sure the media guide wireform
is in its storage position. Also make sure the wireform basket is in its correct
position for the size of media you are loading (storage position for a roll chart
smaller than a size D, D position for a D-size roll chart, or E position for an E-size
roll chart). See Figure 1-7.
Check the end of the roll that will be nearest the plotter’s control panel to be sure
that the end is smooth and undamaged. Remove the roll chart shaft from the plotter
and load the roll onto the shaft assembly. Place shaft assembly with roll on plotter.
See Figure 1-7.
cceccececcecceccccceccccecceccecceccececcececcec
33333333393 333333333333333333333333333333933
QUICK START
Raise the left and right pinch roller arms. Place the media guide wireform in its
upper position. Feed the end of the roll around the outside of the guide, over the
platen, and under the pinch roller arms. Lower both pinch roller arms to secure the
chart in the plotter. See Figure 1-8.
Press the MENU key until CONFIGURATION is displayed and press the
ENTER key. Press the up arrow or down arrow key to display CHART FEED.
Press the left arrow or right arrow key to select FULL ROLL Mode and press
ENTER.
1-11
QUICK START
1-12
MEDIA GUIDE
WIREFORM
(STORAGE
POSITION)
ROLL CHART
SHAFT
REMOVABLE
END CAP
ASSEMBLY
FIGURE 1-7. INSTALLING ROLL SHAFT WITH ROLL
Cecccceccceccececcccceecceccccecececcecececcece
QUICK START
1-13
PLATEN
ROLL CHART
MEDIA GUIDE
WIREFORM
(UPPER POSITION)
MEDIA GUIDE
IREFORM
(STORAGE POSITION)
FIGURE 1-8. LOADING A ROLL CHART
333323F3FIF7IFIFZIIIFIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII3IdI
QUICK START
1-14
Press the control panel RESET/LOAD key one time. Notice that LOAD is
displayed on the control panel. Press the ENTER key to load the chart. The plotter
moves the pen carriage left to find the width of the chart and allows you to trim the
edge of the media. It then pulls a full chart size frame from the roll, delays LOAD
DELAY minutes, and shuffles the media to set the pinch roller tracks.
If you have any difficulty with chart loading, refer to Section 3.
1.3.4 Pen Installation
Preparc the disposable technical drafting pens using the instructions packed with
the sample pens.
A pen is installed by pressing the wide part into the jaws of the pen changer pen
stall. See Figure 1-9. Install pens installs 1 through 8 of the pen changer, and
leave the plotter pen holder empty. You may find it easier to temporarily raise the
pen changer arm to install the pens, then latch the pen changer arm in the lower
position.
Refer to Section 4 for more information if you have any trouble with pen loading.
Ceccceccceccececcecccecececeteccececececceccce ce
3332ZIZIFIIIZIIIIIIIAIIIZIIIVIIIIIIIIZIIIIIIIIII
QUICK START
1-15
PEN
CHANGER
DETAIL
FIGURE 1-9. PEN INSTALLATION
1.3.5 Plotting The Internal CONFIDENCE Plot
Oo Press the control panel MENU key once to access the plotter menu system.
Continue pressing and releasing the MENU key until INTERNAL PLOTS is
displayed on the control panel. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until
CONFIDENCE is displayed on the control panel. Press the ENTER key to start
the customer confidence test plot. Refer to Figure 1-10. Successful completion
indicates that the plotter is operational.
QUICK START
1-16
When the test plot is completed, you are given the option of loading a new chart. If
you currently are using a cut sheet chart, raise the left and right pinch roller arms
and remove the chart. If you currently are using a roll chart and want to remove the
plot without loading the next frame, select NO by pressing the 2 key. Press the
RESET/LOAD key. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until cut is displayed
and press the ENTER key.
Set the POWER switch to OFF.
Ccececceccccececececececcceccececcceccecce cece
333FIIZFZIFIIIZIIIIIIIIIIIIIIZIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
DMP-169
Quality & Reliability
accuracy 47-841" oF 2% of move
4/78. 25mm or 9.2% of nove
Repeatapility: +/ * (single oan)
(single pan)
Resolution:
e.n77
Migh Speed Smooth Curva Generator
Series
Increased Throughput
Velocity Up to: 45 ips
WM own /sec
Acceleration: Up to: 5.6 g
Plot Optimization Pen ond vector sorting
Vecter “look-oneod"
e
Extensive Seatures
Autamotic eignt-pen changer
Automatic medio cutter on rot teed model
32 chorecter iCD display
51K stoncare bulfer (IM on DUP-1627)
Software cempatibilily
OM/PL, HSL, ana HCL?
Choice of pan k mesic ty00s
Pen growing
Ingividvol pen velocities
Replot
Quick Scale
Multiple fonts
Propertionol & ren-proportionel text spacing
wultipla character sets
Fillad font & closed figure capanility
S8ce0o¢é
Three Models
DWP-161 Cut Sneet Pitter
to rete oreo en rane
AD Architectural & Engineer ing
AG-AL Standard DIM & Oversize DIN
Dw-162 CuI Sheet Porter
DWP-162R Ro! | Feed Protter
te matt ete ote X renee
A-E Architectural & Enginear ing
M-AM Stongard DIN & Oversize OIN
5, 20'H42", & Bt DIN
Add-On Options
Optical scammer
1, 25, of 4 megabyte butter
| ____—s-___ HOUSTON INSTRUMENT
Pee A Summagraphics Company i
< a at
(a Ser we Service, supplies, technical support’ 1-488-444-2475 =
QUICK START
1-17
FIGURE 1-10. CUSTOMER CONFIDENCE TEST PLOT
QUICK START
1-18
1.4 INTERFACE TO THE COMPUTER
The steps in the previous paragraphs verified that your plotter is operational and produces
plots. In the following paragraphs, you will learn to:
Connect the plotter to your computer,
Use the menu to configure the plotter for use with your plotting software.
DMP-160 Series Plotters are compatible with virtually all plotting software
packages that support either DM/PL, HP-GL, or HP-GL/2. Specific instructions
are provided to configure for AutoCAD and VersaCAD.
1.4.1 Data Cable Connection
NOTE
To ensure reliable operation, be sure to fasten the attaching screws when
installing the data cable (and adaptor).
If using the Houston Instrument Modular Serial Cable Kit (part number
414-183), connect its 25—pin connector to the data connector on the bottom of the
plotter. See Figure 1-11. Connect the other end of the cable to your computer as
follows:
e For an IBM-compatible computer with a 9-pin serial port, simply
connect the data cable directly to the serial port.
e For an IBM-compatible computer with a 25—pin serial port, connect the
Houston Instrument 9—pin to 25—pin adaptor to the serial port. Then,
connect the data cable to the adaptor.
e For an Apple Macintosh-compatible computer with an 8-pin DIN
connector serial port, connect the Houston Instrument 9-pin to 8-pin
adaptor cable to the serial port. Then, connect the data cable to the
adaptor cable.
Ccecccecececececceccecececceccecceececeecccececceccece
33FZTIIII}IIIZ}IFIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIAIII
QUICK START
If you are making your own data cable or using any non—Houston Instrument
cable, then refer to your plotting application software manual for any particular
cabling requirements. Otherwise, refer to Appendix B for more cabling
information. Connect your data cable to the plotter and the host computer.
Oo Set the POWER switch to ON.
= TO AC POWER
IBM 9-PIN @-~---------- ; SOURCE
IBM 25-PIN <-——- — a-
APPLE
(
|
|
|
|
(
t
|
l
t
t
t
t
!
MACINTOSH<_ (———4] +
ERY ADAPTOR
CABLE
FIGURE 1-11. DATA CABLE CONNECTION
1-19
QUICK START
1-20
1.4.2 Configuring The Plotter
The following exercise shows you how to use the plotter’s menu system to minimally
configure the plotter and select the active plotting language. The plotter can operate with
DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2, or SCAN-CAD as the active plotting language, as described
in the following steps.
Choose a language or plotter supported by your plotting software. Then configure the
plotter to match that language or plotter as listed below. Itis IMPERATIVE that the plotter
language match the language used by the host software.
HOST SOFTWARE DMP-160 SERIES PLOTTER
LANGUAGE OR PLOTTER MODEL LANGUAGE SELECTION
DM/PL plot language DM/PL
DMP-61 plotter DM/PL
DMP-62 plotter DM/PL
DMP-61 DL plotter DM/PL
DMP-62 DL plotter DM/PL
DMP-161 plotter DM/PL
DMP-162 plotter DM/PL
DMP-162R plotter DM/PL
HP-GL plot language HP-GL
HP 7585 plotter HP-GL
HP 7586 plotter HP-GL
HP-GL/2 plot language HP-GL/2
HP DraftMaster SX/RX plotter HP-GL/2
SCAN-CAD scanner accessory SCAN-CAD
Cecececececcceccecceececececececcecee cece cccee
PIFIIAZIFZIFIIFZLZFZ33339}FUI3I2333333333338339333333333
QUICK START
NOTE
The plotter’s factory default menu settings will work with many
software packages. However, be sure to read your software manual to
determine any software-specific setup requirements.
Press the control panel MENU key to access the plotter menu system. Press the
MENU key until CONFIGURATION is displayed on the control panel. Then
press the ENTER key to access the CONFIGURATION menu.
For the Model DMP-162R plotter only, press the control panel down arrow key
unti! CHART FEED is displayed on the control panel. Press the left arrow or right
arrow key until the desired chart type (CUT SHEET, FULL ROLL, HALF ROLL,
or MANUAL ROLL) is displayed. Then press the ENTER key to activate your
selection.
Press the control panel down arrow key until # OF PENS is displayed on the
control panel. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the number of pens you
wish to use is displayed (1 to 8). Then press the ENTER key to activate your
selection. (The active selection is marked with an asterisk [*] in the menu.)
Press the control panel down arrow key until LANGUAGE is displayed on the
control panel. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the plotting language
that matches your plotting software language requirement is displayed (DM/PL,
HP-GL, or HP-GL/2). When actually using the plotter with the Houston
Instrument SCAN-CAD scanner software, select SCAN-—CAD as the plotting
language. Then press the ENTER key to activate your selection.
Press the control panel down arrow key until BAUD RATE is displayed on the
control panel. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the baud rate that
matches your plotting software baud rate requirement is displayed (2400, 4800,
9600, 19200, or 38400 BAUD). Then press the ENTER key to activate your
selection.
1-21
QUICK START
1-22
Press the control panel down arrow key until PARITY is displayed on the control
panel. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the parity that matches your
plotting software parity requirement is displayed (NONE, MARK, EVEN, or
ODD parity). Then press the ENTER key to activate your selection.
Press the control panel down arrow key until RTS/DTR is displayed on the control
panel. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the handshake mode that
matches your plotting software handshake requirement is displayed. In general,
select TOGGLE for hardware handshaking or HIGH for software or
XON/XOFF handshaking. Then press the ENTER key to activate your
selection.
If using HP-GL or HP-GL/2, press the control panel down arrow key until LINE
STATUS is displayed on the control panel. Press the left arrow or right arrow key
until the line status that matches your plotting software line status requirement is
displayed (STANDALONE or EAVESDROP). If unsure, — select
STANDALONE. Then press the ENTER key to activate your selection.
To review any of the above selections, press the control panel down arrow or up
arrow key until the desired item is displayed on the control panel. The active
selection is indicated with an asterisk (*). To alter a selection, press the left arrow
or right arrow key until the desired item is displayed, then press the ENTER key
to activate your selection.
When all items are verified, press the control panel ONLINE key once.
The plotter is now minimally configured for operation with your computer and plotting
software. If you have any trouble with the configuration menu, then refer to Section 7 for
more information.
Cececececceccececcecececceecceccececcecccececece
33337I}IIFIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
QUICK START
1-23
1.4.3 Additional Information For AutoCAD And VersaCAD Setup
The following paragraphs provide specific instructions to set up the plotter for use with
MS-DOS versions of AutoCAD or VersaCAD. For best results, set plotting software
optimization to “PEN ONLY.”
1.4.3.1 Configuration
For AutoCAD, set the following configuration in the plotter menus using Paragraph 1.4.2
as a guide:
OPTIMIZATION ON
LANGUAGE HP-GL/2
BAUD RATE 19200 or 38400
PARITY EVEN
RTS/DTR HIGH*
NOTES:
* Set to TOGGLE if plotting from other than AutoCAD’s main menu.
For AutoCAD, use the supplied ADI driver and follow the installation notes. If you have
AutoCAD 386 (Release 10 or 11), install the protected mode ADI plotter driver
(DMPL386.EXP). If you have the standard DOS version of AutoCAD, install the real
mode ADI plotter driver (DMPLADI-EXE). Installation instructions can be found on the
floppy disk shipped with the plotter.
For VersaCAD, set the following configuration in the plotter menus using Paragraph 1.4.2
as a guide:
LANGUAGE DM/PL
BAUD RATE 9600
PARITY NONE
QUICK START
1-24
From the software, select either the DMP-161 or DMP-162 driver for your specific plotter
model. (DMP-61, DMP-62, DMP-61 DL, or DMP-62DL can also be used.)
Configure the computer serial port from the software. For AutoCAD, choose “Configure
AutoCAD” from the main software menu. Select the serial port (COM1 or COM2) to
which the plotter is connected. For VersaCAD, choose “Environment” in the main software
menu. Select the serial port (COM1 or COM2) to which the plotter is connected.
1.4.3.2 Clipping
Clipping occurs when the drawing size is too large to fit on the available plot area. The plot
area is less than the chart size since the mechanism that holds the chart prevents the plotter
from drawing on that area. The available plot area for each chart size is listed in Section 3.
Note that if you plot to scale and the scale you choose does not fit within the available plot
area, the plot will be clipped.
AutoCAD lists standard chart sizes rather than plot areas. To avoid clipping, set the “User”
selection to the exact plot area available for the chart size that you are using and select plot
to “Fit.” This will prevent the plot from being clipped.
VersaCAD asks for the left border and the right border, and then queries the plotter and
calculates the available plot area.
Ccccececcecccceccecceccececcecccececcececccececee
933233333333 3333333333333333333333333333333
QUICK START
1-25
1.4.3.3. Pen Tip Width
The pen tip width value in AutoCAD and VersaCAD should be set to match the tip size
actually in use. If the width value is set too large, solid fills and shadings will not be full
density — white space will appear between the fill lines. If the width value is set too small,
successive pen traces will overlap, causing excessive ink to be deposited on the media. This
can lead to tearing of the chart and clogging of pens. Suggested pen tip width values are:
0.25 mm pen tip width = 0.010 inch (technical pens)
0.30 mm pen tip width = 0.012 inch (fiber—tip or roller ball pens)
0.35 mm pen tip width = 0.014 inch (technical pens)
0.50 mm pen tip width = 0.020 inch (technical pens)
0.70 mm pen tip width = 0.028 inch (technical pens)
The pen tip width in VersaCAD can be set in the “Enviro” section of the program.
For Houston Instrument pens, the tip widths are printed on the pens.
1.4.3.4 Multi-Colored Plots
AutoCAD and VersaCAD must be told that the pen changer is installed on the plotter.
Otherwise, multi-colored plots will be drawn with a single pen. In AutoCAD, choose
“Layer” and specify PEN NUMBER for the pen color. In VersaCAD, choose “Properties”
and then choose “Pen.” Also, be sure that the # OF PENS configuration menu in the plotter
is set to the number of pens installed in the pen changer.
QUICK START
1-26
1.4.3.5 Stray Lines
Stray or extraneous lines on a plot often indicate a communications problem between the
host computer and the plotter. If you find such lines:
e Verify correct operation of the plotter alone by plotting the CONFIDENCE plot.
See Paragraph 9.5. This plot does not depend on aconnection to the host computer.
e Verify that the plotter and host computer communications parameters match.
Check baud rate, number of data bits, parity, and RTS/DTR (handshaking).
e Verify that the data cable between the plotter and the host computer is good. Check
that the correct pins are reliably connected. Substituting a known—good cable is a
good, quick check.
e Verify that the serial port on the computer is functioning correctly. Try another
port, or try another computer.
1.5 WHERE TO FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
This completes the installation, check out, and minimal configuration of the plotter. Refer
to Section 2 for information on the plotter itself, Sections 3 and 4 for more information
about the plotting media, and to Sections 5 through 10 for information on customizing the
plotter to your application and preferences.
Additional information needed for configuring your system may be found in
documentation for the plotting software used on the host computer.
Load a cut sheet chart or roll chart as previously described in Paragraph 1.3.3, and you
should be ready for plotting.
Ccecccccceccecccececcceccececcecceccecececcececce
3332337333333 33333333333333333333333333333
QUICK START
1-27
1.6 PRODUCT SUPPORT
Houston Instrument offers hardware and software support for all of its products. This help
is only a telephone call away. Please have the following information available when calling
Houston Instrument:
Ld The plotter’s model number and serial number, which are printed on the
identification tag on the back of the unit,
The type of computer with which the plotter is being used,
The name and revision number of the plotting software package,
The cable configuration between the plotter and the computer,
A copy of the last menu settings (if the plotter has ever been operated),
A copy of the MENU or SERVICE plot, which provides the plotter’s ROM
revision levels (Paragraph 9.4 or 10.4).
Any error message displayed on the control panel,
The date of purchase,
The type of maintenance agreement, if any,
The name of the reseller, contact person, and phone number,
A brief description of the problem.
After preparing the information requested above, you can contact Houston Instrument toll
free at 1-800-444-3425 for assistance. Your call will be received by the Call Center and
routed to the Technical Support Hardware or Technical Support Software group depending
on your question or problem type.
QUICK START
1-28
1.7 OTHER PRODUCTS
Information about other Houston Instrument products is available toll free from the
Literature Department at 1-800-444-3425.
1.8 WARRANTY REGISTRATION
Remember to validate your warranty by sending in your completed warranty card (located
in the back of this manual) or by calling the HI Warranty Registration Department toll free
at 1-800-444-3425 for immediate registration.
1.9 ORDERING SUPPLIES
To order supplies for your plotter, contact your Houston Instrument product dealer, or call
Houston Instrument toll free at 1-800-776-9989 (512-873-1395).
THANK YOU FOR CHOOSING THIS HOUSTON INSTRUMENT PLOTTER!
Cecccecceccececcecceececccccececcece cece ccece
3333}7F3I]F3F3III}IIFIFIIFFI}}IIFIIIIIIIIIIIIIWII
SECTION 2
OPERATION
2.1 INTRODUCTION
This section contains operating information for the plotter. This includes general
information, model identification, accessories, operator controls, and normal operation.
2.2 GENERAL INFORMATION
Houston Instrument DMP-160 Series Plotters are fast, accurate, reliable, versatile, and
easy to use for your plotting applications. These plotters produce outstanding graphics
using a wide variety of chart types and sizes, with many popular pen types and colors.
Detailed machine specifications are listed in Appendix A. A few of the features you'll find
on your plotter are:
A 32-character liquid crystal display (or LCD) with adjustable contrast and
12—key control panel for easy and convenient operator control.
Selectable plotting languages. DM/PL is Houston Instrument’s Digital
Microprocessor/Plotting Language. You can also select emulation of the
Hewlett-Packard HP-GL/2 language used in the HP DraftMaster SX/RX plotter.
Also included is HP-GL, which allows the DMP-160 to emulate the HP 7585
plotter.
Selectable plot code sorting to optimize plotter operation.
Window and scaling capabilities to manipulate the size, location, and appearance
of a plot.
Selectable plotting speeds and accelerations.
Selectable DM/PL English or metric menu operation.
OPERATION
2-2
e Multiple text character sets and DM/PL font styles that can be plotted in many
different sizes, rotated to any slope, and be plotted in italics.
Serial RS—232—C communications.
Up to four separate user configurations can be saved and easily recalled.
Use of cut sheet charts in many popular standard sizes.
Use of roll charts in the DMP-162R plotter.
Eight—pen pen changer included.
Optional plotter enhancements include: larger buffer and optical scanner.
2.3. IDENTIFYING YOUR PLOTTER MODEL
There are three DMP-160 Series Plotter models: DMP-161, DMP-162, and DMP-162R.
The model number is printed on a label on the back of the plotter and on a decal on the
control panel. The important difference among models is the charts that each uses. The
DMP-161 supports cut sheet charts up to 24 inches (607 mm) wide. The DMP-162 and
DMP-162R support cut sheet charts up to 36 inches (914 mm) wide. The DMP-162R also
supports roll media up to 36 inches (914 mm) wide. Otherwise, the three models are
functionally identical. See Figure 2-1(a) and Figure 2-1(b). Unless noted, information in
this manual applies to all three models.
These models are compatible with software for earlier Houston Instrument DMP-61,
DMP-62, DMP-61 DL, and DMP-62 DL models, but the DMP-160 Series Plotters have
enhanced software and performance features.
Cceccceccceccececcccecececececececececccecececce
2-3
OPERATION
8
ey
=
a
FIGURE 2-1(a). DMP-161 AND DMP-162 PLOTTERS
DMP-161
CECECCECECLCECECCCCCECCECECKCECECECEeECeeceececee
2333333339333333333333333333333333333333)333)
L)
FIGURE 2-1(b). DMP-162R PLOTTER
OPERATION
2-4
3333FZIFZIIIFIIIHIIFIIFIIIIIIIIIIZIIIIIIIIIIIdI
OPERATION
2.4 ACCESSORIES
You can extend the features of your plotter with the following accessories. These
accessories can be ordered from your Houston Instrument product dealer, or directly from
Houston Instrument by calling toll free 1-800-776-9989 (512-873-1395).
e Larger buffer. Additional RAM (random access memory) is available to allow
storing larger plot files and to more quickly release the host computer for other
tasks while plotting continues.
The standard DMP-161 and DMP-162 plotters have 512 kilobytes of RAM; the
standard DMP-162R plotter has 1 megabyte of RAM. This may be expanded to
the amounts shown in Table 2-1 using the RAM Expansion Buffer Kit listed. You
can verify the buffer size in your plotter by watching the LCD display during
power on or plotting the SERVICE PLOT (Section 10).
TABLE 2-1. EXPANSION BUFFER KITS
KIT NUMBER BUFFER SIZE
EB-1 1 megabytes
EB-2
EB-4
2.5 megabytes
4 megabytes
e Model 128 Series SCAN-CAD scanner. This accessory allows the plotter to
function as a large-format scanner. See Figure 2-2. Installation and operating
instructions for the scanner are provided with the accessory.
2-5
OPERATION
2-6
GANTRY SCAN HEAD
(PADDED STORAGE LOCATION)
PEN CHANGER SHOWN
WITH ARM RAISED.
SCAN HEAD
(OPERATION POSITION)
FIGURE 2-2. SCANNER ACCESSORY
2.5 OPERATING FEATURES
The plotter operator controls are shown in Figure 2~3. These are described below.
cececcecececcececcectcceccecccececccecceccec
33323233333333333333333333333333333333333333
OPERATION
2-7
CHART
SIZE
MARKERS PEN
LEFT CHANGER
PINCH ROLLER
LEVER ARM PEN
HOLDER
RIGHT
PINCH ROLLER
LEVER ARM
ADJUSTABLE
PINCH ROLLER
e; CONTROL
POWER
SWITCH PANEL
—==..._|
=,
4
RS-232-C
DATA
POWER
ENTRY
MODULE
FIGURE 2-3. OPERATING FEATURES
OPERATION
2-8
RS—232-C data connector. This standard DB—25P connector is where the data
cable from the host computer is connected to the plotter. It provides RS—232-C
serial communications between the plotter and host computer. Interface
information is given in Appendix B.
Power entry module. The power entry module is where the power cord attaches
to the plotter. The power fuse and the operating voltage selection adjustment are
located here. Refer to Paragraph 11.3 for fuse replacement and operating voltage
conversion.
Power switch. Plotter power is ON when this switch is pressed at the “|”
and OFF when pressed at the “O” symbol.
symbol
Control panel. The contro! panel and keys are described in detail in Paragraph
2.6.
Pinch roller lever arms. These are used to raise and lower the pinch rollers for
chart loading. Chart loading is explained in Section 3.
Adjustable pinch roller. The adjustable pinch roller is used to set the size for
chart loading. The adjustable pinch roller is set at various positions on the platen to
accommodate the different chart sizes. Chart size setting is explained in Section 3.
Chart size markers. The chart size markers on top of the plotter indicate the
various chart sizes available for that particular model. These are used as an easy
reference when setting the adjustable pinch roller position. Chart size setting is
explained in Section 3.
Pen holder. The pen holder holds the pen presently being used for plotting. The
pen may be inserted manually, or automatically when the pen changer is used. Pen
loading is explained in Section 4.
Pen changer. The MP—80 pen changer allows convenient multi-pen operation.
Pen changing is controlled by the host plotting software. The changer may be
configured for one— to eight—pen operation as described in Paragraph 7.17.
Cceccecececececceecece cece cececcecceccecccecccecece
39323F3F3IFZIZLZIIIIILZIFIFIIIIIII}IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
OPERATION
2-9
2.6 CONTROL PANEL
The plotter control panel is shown in Figure 2-4. The liquid crystal display and control
panel keys are explained in the following paragraphs.
LCD
DISPLAY
NOTE:
ACTIVE AREA OF KEY
IS THE KEY LABEL.
KEYS
FIGURE 2-4. CONTROL PANEL
OPERATION
2-10
2.6.1 Liquid Crystal Display
The liquid crystal display (LCD) is organized into two rows of 16 characters each. The
display intensity (brightness) is adjustable (as described in Section 6) so it can be read
easily from various viewing angles.
2.6.2 RESET/LOAD Key
The RESET/LOAD key is used to LOAD a chart, ABORT the present plot, REPLOT the
present plot, RESET the plotter, or CUT a roll chart (DMP-162R only). When this key is
pressed, the plotter goes offline, suspends any other operation in progress, and displays the
RESET/LOAD menu. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the desired operation is
displayed, then press the ENTER key. Upon completion, the plotter goes online.
LOAD is used to load a new chart, as described in Section 3. Any clip or scale features set by
the operator on the control panel are maintained after a LOAD of the same chart size. The
plot buffer data is also retained during a LOAD. Table A-2 lists the plotter parameters that
are set as the resultofa LOAD operation. However, if the chart size is changed by more than
0.1 inch (2.54 mm) in the pen axis or 1.0 inch (25.4 mm) in the chart axis, any clip, scale,
and/or quick scale settings are cleared.
ABORT simply cancels the present plot in progress. It also retains the plotter parameters
like a LOAD (as listed in Table A—2).
REPLOT is used to replot the last plot stored in the plotter’s memory.
Ifa plot is not available for replot, the REPLOT message will not be displayed. This would
occur when there is no plot file in the buffer, when the last—plotted file was too large to fit
completely into the buffer, or when a plot file is in the buffer but the file has not yet started
plotting (and therefore is not ready for a “replot”). Note that selecting RESET will clear the
buffer, making the replot feature unavailable.
Ccceccececceccececccecececececceccecececceccecccccece
3FIIIIFZIIFIIIIIIIIIZIII}FIIIIIFIIIIIIIIIIII
OPERATION
2-11
The following steps explain how to replot the plot code in the buffer.
1. Press the RESET/LOAD key. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until
REPLOT is displayed, then press the ENTER key to replot the data.
2s The display will ask if you want anew chart. If you do, put anew chart in and press
the 1 key. If you want to replot on the old chart, press the 2 key.
Note that the CLIPPING feature described in Paragraph 8.5, the SCALING feature
described in Paragraph 8.6, and the QUICK SCALE feature described in Paragraph 8.4 can
be used with the REPLOT feature, if so desired.
RESET performs a complete reset of the plotter. Any clip or scale features set by the
operator on the control panel are cleared after a RESET. Table A-3 shows the plotter
parameters that are set as the result of a RESET (the load parameters in Table A—2 are also
set).
CUT isavailable for the DMP-162R plotter. When this option is selected, the present plotis
cut from the roll; a load is not performed.
2.6.3 ONLINE Key
The ONLINE key toggles between online and offline operation. The present online or
offline mode is displayed when this key is pressed. When set to offline, any other operation
in progress is suspended. Pressing this key again returns to online, resuming the suspended
operation. While offline, the plotter can be operated manually if so desired in the following
manner:
e Pressing the left arrow or right arrow key moves the pen left or right, while
pressing the up arrow or down arrow key moves the chart in or out of the plotter.
If no chart has been loaded, movement is restricted to Engineering A size.
OPERATION
2-12
e Pressing the PEN SELECT key accesses a menu to select a given pen from the
pen changer. See Paragraph 2.6.9.
e Pressing the PEN UP/DN key lowers the pen and pressing it again raises the pen.
See Paragraph 2.6.8.
e While offline, you can also set the P1 and P2 points as described in Paragraph 3.5
when HP-GL or HP-GL/2 is the active plotting language.
2.6.4 MENU Key
The MENU key is used to select among several menus that configure your plotter. When
this key is pressed, the plotter is placed offline and any other operation in progress is
suspended. Repeatedly pressing this key scrolls through the various menus. To select the
displayed menu, press the ENTER key. To exit the menus and resume the previous online
operation, press the ONLINE key. To exit the menus and load a new chart or reset the
plotter, press the RESET/LOAD key and select the desired operation.
The various menus are summarized in Table 2—2 as a quick—reference guide to these menus.
The menus are explained in detail in the appropriate Section. See Figure 2-5.
Ceccececececceececeeceececeeceececeeccceccececceceec
33333272333 3339233333333333333333333333333333
OPERATION
2-13
TABLE 2-2. MENU QUICK-REFERENCE
MENU DESCRIPTION REFERENCE
SECTION
USER SELECT Selects the active plotter configuration from
one of four internally maintained sets of
configuration parameters.
LCD CONTRAST Adjusts the intensity of the liquid crystal
display on the control panel.
CONFIGURATION | Accesses the various sub—menus to configure
the plotter parameters.
CLIP & SCALE Accesses the various sub—menus to select the
plotter clip and scale features.
INTERNAL PLOTS | Piots various resident plots provided for
informational purposes.
SERVICE MODE Provides test and demonstration routines which
can be initiated from the control panel.
OPERATION
2-14
ONLINE
a ONLINE
MENU ONLINE
MENU | RESET
LOAD
REPLOT
LOAD
RESET
ABORT
CUT
SELECTED OR DESELECTED
| =
CONFIGURATION ENTER
MENUS
\+
~_—_—____—.. RESET ONLINE
LOAD
CONFIGURATION
RESET ONLINE
LOAD
LCD CONTRAST
CLIP & SCALE
MENUS
RESET MENU ONLINE
LOAD
INTERNAL PLOTS
RESET ENTER eg)
LOAD
PLOT
FIGURE 2-5. MENU STRUCTURE
CECCECCECECCECEECECCCECECEECCCCECCECOCCCEECE
333333333333333333333333333323333333333339
OPERATION
2.6.5 ENTER Key
The ENTER key is used to select the presently displayed item. The ENTER key is also
used to enter points while in digitizing mode (Paragraph 2.7.3).
2.6.6 1And 2 Keys
The 1 key and 2 key usage varies according to the present operation.
When the HP-GL or HP-GL/2 plotting language is used, the 1 and 2 keys are used to select
P1 and P2 points (see Paragraph 3.5).
Some error messages display a choice of responses. Use the I or 2 key to select a choice.
2.6.7 Arrow Keys
The use of the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, and down arrow keys varies according to
the presently active operation.
2.6.8 PEN UP/DN Key
The PEN UP/DN key is used while offline to manually control the pen up/down state.
When pressed once, the pen is lowered to the chart. When pressed again, the pen is raised.
Note that if the pen is not moved for approximately eight seconds, it is automatically raised
to prevent ink from bleeding on the chart. It automatically resumes its down position when
the pen is moved. If the pen is not moved for the period set in the AUTO—-CAPPING menu
(Paragraph 7.22), it is automatically returned to its pen changer stall to prevent drying. It
automatically returns to the previous position on the chart if one of the arrow keys is
pressed.
2-15
OPERATION
2-16
2.6.9 PEN SELECT Key
While offline, pressing the PEN SELECT key accesses a menu to select a given pen from
the pen changer. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the desired pen number is
displayed, then press the ENTER key. If a pen is not selected in this menu, the plotter
automatically uses pen 1 if the PEN UP/DN key is pressed while operating locally offline.
The PEN VELOCITY and PEN TIP SIZE menus also use this key to index to the desired
pen.
2.7 NORMAL OPERATION
The term “normal operation” simply refers to using the plotter for online, offline,
digitizing, clipping, and scaling operations. These are explained in the following
paragraphs.
2.7.1 Online Operation
During online operation, the plotter responds to host computer plotting commands by
moving the pen and the chart as necessary to draw the plot. During online operation the
plotter displays ONLINE. Additionally, in online operation, the plotter will display
SELECTED or NOT SELECTED depending on whether the plotter has received a select
command from the host.
Pressing the RESET/LOAD, ONLINE, or MENU key will place the plotter in offline
mode as described in the next paragraph. To return to online mode from offline mode, press
the ONLINE key. The plotter is online if, and only if, ONLINE is displayed.
CCCCECCCECCCECCCCECECCCECECECCECECECCECECECCECEE
333223333333 7IFI}IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
OPERATION
2.7.2 Offline Operation
Unless the plotter displays ONLINE, the plotter is in offline mode. When the plotter
changes from online to offline mode, any present plotting action is suspended until the
plotter is returned to online mode.
Offline mode may be entered by pressing the RESET/LOAD, ONLINE, or MENU key.
Press ONLINE to return to online mode.
While offline, certain plotter functions may be operated manually:
e Pressing the left arrow or right arrow key moves the pen carriage left or right.
e Pressing the up arrow or down arrow key moves the chart forward or backward.
e Pressing the PEN UP/DN key changes the pen state. An “up” pen will be lowered,
a “down” pen will be raised.
e Pressing the PEN SELECT key displays a menu to select the active pen.
e Only when the plotting language is HP-GL or HP-GL/2, pressing the 1 or 2 key
moves to the present P1 or P2 point on the chart.
2.7.3 Digitizing
The plotter has a digitizing feature in which it can be commanded to transmit the present
pen position to the host computer during a plotting session. This is selected by software
control from the host computer while the plotter is online and selected. This feature is used
to “read” existing positional information from a chart. For example, you could load a map
into the plotter, then digitize specific points from it upon command from the host computer
software.
2-17
OPERATION
2-18
When DM/PL is active, the plotter displays DIGITIZE: ENTER when it receives a Digitize
command from the host computer. The plotter automatically selects local mode. Use the
left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, and down arrow keys to position the pen to the desired
location on the chart. Press the ENTER key to send the position to the host computer. The
plotter then resumes normal operation (ONLINE and SELECTED).
When HP-GL or HP-GL/2 is active, the plotter displays DIGITIZE REQUEST when it
receives a Digitize Point command from the host computer. Press the ONLINE key to select
local mode. The plotter then displays DIGITIZE: ENTER. Use the left arrow, right arrow,
up arrow, and down arrow keys to position the pen to the desired location on the chart. Press
the ENTER key to enter the position. The plotter then resumes normal operation (ONLINE
and SELECTED).
2.7.4 Clipping And Scaling
You can alter the size of a plot and its location on the chart using the clipping and scaling
features.
To simply scale a plot larger or smaller than normal while maintaining the correct aspect
ratio, it is recommended that you use the QUICK SCALE menu described in Paragraph 8.4.
To scale a plot larger or smaller than normal and alter the aspect ratio, use the SCALE menu
described in Paragraph 8.6.
To “clip” (plot only a portion) a plot, use the CLIP menu described in Paragraph 8.5.
Note that these clipping and scaling features can be used with the replot feature for
convenience.
Cecccecceececcececceecececececccececcecececcee
3333333333339333333333333333333333333333333
SECTION 3
CHARTS
3.1 INTRODUCTION
This section provides information for using cut sheet charts on the DMP-161, DMP-162,
and DMP-162R plotters and roll charts on the DMP-162R plotter. This information
includes chart size setting, cut sheet chart loading, roll chart loading, supplies, and
environmental considerations.
Charts, pens, pen care products, pen storage containers, and other Houston
Instrument—approved supplies are available from your Houston Instrument product dealer,
or direct from Houston Instrument by calling toll free 1-800-776-9989 (512-873-1395).
3.2 CHART SIZE SETTING
The following steps explain how to set a particular chart size for the plotter.
1. Raise the left pinch roller arm. See Figure 3-1.
2. Loosen the thumbscrew (counterclockwise) on the adjustable pinch roller.
3. Position the adjustable pinch roller so that the thumbscrew is aligned with the
chart size marker that matches your chart size. Insert the thumbscrew into the
corresponding threaded hole on the platen, then tighten the thumbscrew
(clockwise).
Note that the anti-static brushes on the front and rear edges of the platen do not actually
touch the chart during normal operation. This is intentional. For proper anti-static
protection, these brushes MUST NOT touch the chart.
The pinch roller lever arms must be left in the “up” position when the plotter is powered off
and not in use. This prevents a flat spot from being temporarily impressed on the resilient
pinch roller wheels, which may result in temporary tracking errors.
3-1
33333333333333333333333333333333333333333)
RIGHT PINCH
ROLLER LEVER
ARM
ds)
Z
ce a >
ae ao a
a> aa. e3|
ray £Q=
Zas Bas i
= el
Pa =x &
ead 20° N
be od Zz =
as <a
usd a .
z =
5 a
Bud fg
<N x $6
=f M ao
578 ee
= o l
Il :
~
ic)
=
a
THUMBSCREW ——
CHARTS
3-2
333332337} I}IF3IIFIIIII}IIIIIIIZIIIIIIIIIIIII
CHARTS
Table 3-1 lists the standard chart sizes and the plotter chart size marker to be used for each.
Observe that the DMP-162 and DMP-162R models have extra size settings to handle
undersize charts. Note that most marker positions accommodate two standard sizes which
are referred to as full size and half size.
Charts that are of non-standard front-to—back dimension may be used if the dimension is
between 8 and 50 inches (203.3 and 1270mm). The plotter will sense the dimension
automatically and set standard margins as described below. Note that tracking of chart
lengths greater than 50 inches (1270mm) is not guaranteed—this applies to both cut—sheet
and roll media plots. The DMP-162R rollfeed system also was designed to work with
drawings no longer than 50 inches. Longer drawings may not stack correctly in the
wireform basket.
Allsizes of cut sheet charts have the same margins. The right and left margins are nominally
0.6 inch (15.2 mm) each. The front margin is nominally 0.95 inch (24.1 mm). The rear
margin is nominally 0.25 inch (6.3 mm). All sizes of roll charts also have the same margins.
The right, left, front, and rear margins are nominally 0.6 inch (15.2 mm) each. See Figure
3-2. See Table 3-2 for the plotting areas available for each standard chart size.
The charts for your plotter are packaged in protective wrapping. After opening the package
and removing the chart, let smaller cut sheet charts sit for at least 15 minutes before using,
larger cut sheet charts for at least one hour, and roll charts for at least 72 hours. This allows
the charts to stabilize to the surrounding humidity. If not allowed to stabilize to the
environment before use, the resulting plot may have mismatched lines, line shifts, or
offsets. This is a result of the chart expanding and contracting during plotting. For proper
operation, do not use curled charts. Handle the chart by its edges only; fingerprints leave a
slight residue on the chart, which may cause the pens to skip over those areas.
3-3
CHARTS
3+4
TABLE 3-1. DMP-160 STANDARD CHART SIZES
CHART SIZE HALF SIZE CHART FULL SIZE CHART
MARKER
FOR DMP-161 & DMP-162 & DMP-162R:
A-B Size
A4-A3 DIN
12”
OVERSIZE A4-A3
C_D SIZE
A2-A1 DIN
24”
OVERSIZE A2-A1
8.5x11 inches
210x297 mm
Architectural A 9x12 inches
Oversize DIN A4 240x330 mm
Engineering C 17x22 inches
DIN A2 420x594 mm
Architectural C 18x24 inches
Oversize DIN A2 450x625 mm
FOR DMP-162 & DMP-162R:
B1 DIN 707x1000 mm
28”
Engineering A
DIN A4
Engineering B i1x17 inches
DIN A3 297x420 mm
Architectural B 12x18 inches
Oversize DIN A3 330x450 mm
Engineering D 22x34 inches
DIN Al 594x841 mm
Architectural D 24x36 inches
Oversize DIN A1 625x880 mm
Architectural/Engineering F
28x40 inches
30” *
aor =
AO DIN *
AO DIN **
E SIZE *
30x42 inches
30x42 inches
DIN AO 841x1189 mm
DIN AO 841x1189 mm
Engineering E 34x44 inches
Architectural
Architectural
CCECCCECECECCCECCLCECECCECECECCECECECECCECEECCEECE
23232333397 IIF3}I1IIZIIZIAIIFZIIAIIA2I2II39NIIIIZIIIIZIIZIII393I3
CHARTS
3-5
TABLE 3-1. DMP-160 STANDARD CHART SIZES
(Continued)
FOR DMP-162 & DMP-162R:
E SIZE ** Engineering E 34x44 inches
OVERSIZE AO * Oversize DIN AO = 880x1230 mm
OVERSIZE AO ** Oversize DIN AO 880x1230mm
36” * Architectural E 36x48 inches
36” ** Architectural E 36x48 inches
NOTES:
* Undersize.
** Standard size.
CHARTS
3-6
LEFT MARGIN REAR MARGIN
0.6 INCH (15.24 MM) 0.25 INCH (6.35 MM)
RIGHT MARGIN
0.6 INCH (15.24 MM)
FRONT MARGIN
0.95 INCH (24.13 MM) DMP-161 & DMP 162
REAR MARGIN
0.6 INCH (15.24 MM)
LEFT MARGIN
0.6 INCH (15.24 MM)
RIGHT MARGIN
0.6 INCH (15.24 MM)
FRONT MARGIN
0.6 INCH (15.24 MM) DMP-162R
FIGURE 3-2. CHART MARGINS
COCECCCCCECCOCCECECCCCECOECCECCECECLCECCECEECCCECEC
2339333333333 33333333333333333333333333333
TABLE 3-2. MAXIMUM PLOTTING AREAS
CHART SIZE PLOT AREA
Engineering A
Engineering B
Engineering C
Engineering D
Engineering E *
Engineering E **
Engineering F
Architectural A
Architectural B
Architectural C
Architectural D
Architectural E *
Architectural E **
Architectural F
Architectural 30 x 42 *
Architectural 30 x 42 **
DIN A4
DIN A3
DIN A2
DIN Al
DIN AO *
DIN AQ **
DIN B1
NOTES:
* Undersize.
** Standard size.
7.3 x 9.8 inches
9.8 x 15.8 inches
15.8 x 20.8 inches
20.8 x 32.8 inches
32.5 x 42.5 inches
32.8 x 42.8 inches
26.8 x 38.8 inches
7.8 x 10.8 inches
10.8 x 16.8 inches
16.8 x 22.8 inches
22.8 x 34.8 inches
34.5 x 46.5 inches
34.8 x 46.8 inches
26.8 x 38.8 inches
28.5 x 40.5 inches
28.8 x 40.8 inches
179 x 266 mm
266 x 389 mm
389 x 563 mm
563 x 810 mm
802 x 1150 mm
810 x 1158 mm
676 x 969 mm
CHARTS
3-7
CHARTS
3-8
TABLE 3-2. MAXIMUM PLOTTING AREAS
(Continued)
CHART SIZE PLOT AREA
Oversize DIN A4 209 x 299 mm
Oversize DIN A3 299 x 419 mm
Oversize DIN A2 419 x 594 mm
Oversize DIN Al 594 x 849 mm
Oversize DIN AQ * 841 x 1191 mm
Oversize DIN AO ** 849 x 1199 mm
NOTES:
* Undersize.
** Standard size.
3.3. CUT SHEET CHART LOADING
WARNING
To prevent personal injury when operating the plotter, keep your hands,
hair, and clothing away from the platen, chart drive shaft, pen carriage,
and cutting mechanism (DMP-162R).
For the DMP-162R plotter, it is important that the CHART FEED menu described in
Paragraph 7.14 be set for CUT SHEET in order to load cut sheet charts. Place the media
guide wireform and wireform basket in their storage positions when using cut sheet charts
in the plotter.
Ceccceccceeeceeecrcecececcececececceceecececece
2333333333333 33333333333333333333333333333
CHARTS
The following steps explain how to load a cut sheet chart in the plotter.
1.
Set the power switch on (1).
Raise the left and right pinch roller arms. See Figure 3-1.
Slide the cut sheet chart under both pinch rollers. Carefully adjust the chart so that
its right edge aligns with but does not cover the line on the right side of the platen.
Align the front edge of the chart with the groove on the front of the platen. See
Figure 3-3. Lower both pinch roller arms to secure the chart in the plotter.
Press the control panel RESET/LOAD key one time. Notice that LOAD is
displayed on the control panel. Press the ENTER key to load a chart. The plotter
moves the pen carriage left to find the width of the chart, moves the chart out to
find its length, and shuffles it to set the pinch roller tracks.
Selecting RESET from the RESET/LOAD menu performs a complete reset of the
plotter, but does not load a chart. Loading a chart that differs by more than 0.1 inch
(2.54 mm) in the pen axis or 1.0 inch (25.4 mm) in the chart axis from the previous
chart clears any clip, scale, or quick scale in effect when a LOAD is attempted.
Selecting ABORT or REPLOT from the RESET/LOAD menu will allow you to
load a new chart if the old chart was marked. Refer to Paragraph A.3.
If the plotter detects a longer than standard size chart during a load, it displays the
OVERSIZE CHART? prompt. If you wish to place a standard size plot on the
chart, select NO. The plotter will select the next smaller standard size chart, not
using the excess front-to—back length. If you select YES, the plotter will use the
full detected length, up to 20 feet (6 m).
3-9
CHARTS
3-10
GROOVE
ALIGN WITH
PLATEN LINE
ALIGN WITH
PLATEN GROOVE
FIGURE 3-3. CUT SHEET CHART LOADING
3.4 ROLL CHART LOADING ON DMP-162R
WARNING
To prevent personal injury when operating the plotter, keep your hands,
hair, and clothing away from the platen, chart drive shaft, pen carriage,
and cutting mechanism (DMP-162R).
Cececececccecceceeccecceccecececcececcececceeceec
333F7F2IFZII}IIILIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
CHARTS
3-11
NOTE
Park the cutter carriage before moving the DMP-162R. To park the
cutter blade power up the plotter and allow it to initialize itself. When
ROLL NOT LOADED appears on the display, you may power down the
plotter and move it without damaging the unit.
3.4.1 Configuring The Plotter For Roll Mode
There are four CHART FEED modes for the DMP-162R: CUT SHEET, FULL ROLL,
HALF ROLL, and MANUAL ROLL. For rollfeed operation select a roll mode using the
plotter’s CONFIGURATION menu. (See Paragraph 7.14.)
3.4.2 Roll Loading
1. Position the media guide wireform and wireform basket.
Make sure the media guide wireform is in its storage position. Also make sure the
wireform basket is in its correct position for the size of media you are loading, D
position for a D-size roll chart, or E position for an E-size roll chart. See Figure
34.
De Check the roll.
Before loading, check the reference end of the roll — the end that will be nearest
the plotter’s control panel when the roll is mounted. It is important that this end be
smooth and undamaged. The edges of all chart layers at this endshould form a flat,
circular surface. Refer to Paragraph 3.4.4 for more information on storing and
checking your rolls.
Load roll onto shaft assembly.
Note the orientation of the roll as shown in Figure 3-4. Remove the shaft assembly
from the plotter and free the removable endcap assembly. Slide the roll onto the
shaft assembly, taking care that the O-rings on the captive end cap assembly are
not disturbed. Push the roll and core onto the end cap. Now slide the removable
end cap assembly onto the shaft. Using pressure on both end caps, push the end
caps into the core until the roll is flush against the flange of each end cap — this is
important for proper frame advance operation.
Place shaft assembly with roll onto plotter.
Holding the shaft assembly with the roll approximately parallel to the rear of the
plotter, slide the end caps fully into the notches in the brackets. See Figure 3-4.
Note that the left end cap must be properly oriented to mate with its notch.
CAUTION
Do not unroll more chart material than necessary from the roll. Chart
material that has been rewound on the roll may not track properly during
a succeeding frame advance.
Feed media into the plotter.
Place the media guide wireform in its upper position. Feed the end from the roll
around the outside of the guide, over the platen, and under the pinch rollers. See
Figure 3-5.
Hold the end near the center of the back edge and gently pull taut. Still pulling
gently, find a left-to-right position that is neutral. The chart will tend to resist
being pulled to the left or right. Check that the chart extends beyond both pinch
rollers and then lower the pinch rollers to hold the chart in position.
Ceecceccececceccerecereceecececceecececcececcecece
3232333333333 3333333333333333333333393333333
NOTE
The plotter must be set to a rollfeed mode before proceeding. If this has
not been done, refer to Paragraph 3.4.1.
Load a chart.
Press the control panel RESET/LOAD key one time. Notice that LOAD is
displayed on the control panel. Press the ENTER key to load a chart. The plotter
moves the pen carriage left to find the width of the chart.
The plotter moves the leading edge of the roll past the media cutter and prompts
CUT or CONTINUE If you select CUT, the media cutter cuts off the leading edge
of the media and drops it. You can adjust the amount to be cut by using the up
arrow and down arrow keys. If you select CONTINUE, the existing edge is used.
The plotter pulls a full size chart from the roll.
When DM/PL is the plotting language, the length is displayed in inches or
millimeters according to the MENU UNITS (see Paragraph 7.21). For HP-GL or
HP-GL/2, the length is always displayed in millimeters. Press the ENTER key to
continue.
A LOAD DELAY (see Paragraph 7.15) occurs to allow the media to stabilize,
after which the plotter shuffles the chart to set the pinch roller tracks and then is
ready to plot. If LOAD DELAY is displayed, you may press the ONE key to cut
short the delay and continue the LOAD.
Subsequent loads will automatically cut off the previous plot and drop it into the
basket. Loading a chart that differs by more than 0.1 inch (2.54 mm) in the pen axis
or 1.0 inch (25.4 mm) in the chart axis from the previous chart clears any clip,
scale, or quick scale settings when a load is attempted.
CHARTS
3-13
3.4.3 Roll Chart Cutting
To cut a roll chart without loading a new chart, press the RESET/LOAD kcy. Press the left
arrow or right arrow key until CUT is displayed. Press the ENTER key.
SUPPORT
BRACKET
MEDIA GUIDE
WIREFORM
ROLL CHART (STORAGE
SHAFT POSITION)
REMOVABLE
END CAP
ASSEMBLY
SUPPORT
BRACKET
Des
WIREFORM
STORAGE
POSITION
D POSITION
E POSITION
FIGURE 3-4. ROLL INSTALLATION
Ceccececececcececcecceecececcecceccececcceccee
333IITZIFIFI}IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
PLATEN
ROLL CHART
MEDIA GUIDE
(UPPER POSITION)
MEDIA GUIDE
WIREFORM
(STORAGE POSITION)
FIGURE 3-5. ROLL CHART LOADING
CHARTS
3-16
3.4.4 Roll Chart Recommended Handling
Keep in mind the following precautions when using roll charts:
Maintain a constant environment during plotting. Changes in temperature and,
especially, relative humidity can produce significant changes in chart dimensions
(the chart can expand or contract). If chart dimensions change during a plot,
mistracking is a likely result. In minor cases, loss of accuracy and a failure to
overplot may be noticed. In extreme cases, tracking may be lost completely,
leading to torn and damaged plots.
Allow all charts to stabilize to the plotter environment prior to plotting. A roll
chart, inherently many layers thick on the core, is slow to stabilize. If the roll has
not been stored in the plotter environment, allow it to “rest” in the plotter
environment for at least 72 hours prior to plotting. Protective wrappings must be
removed from rolls to allow them to stabilize.
If you encounter tracking problems. set the LOAD DELAY to 4-5 minutes. You
will need to experiment with different delay times to best fit your media and
environment. (See Paragraph 7.15)
Use only Houston Instrument-approved charts for best results. Although other
brands can be used, proper performance can be guaranteed only with Houston
Instrument supplies. Never use mylar media on a DMP-162R plotter.
Use care when storing and loading charts to avoid damage to the chart. Before
loading, check the reference end of the roll the end — that will be nearest the
plotter’s control panel when the roll is mounted. It is important that this end be
smooth and undamaged. The edges of all paper layers at this end should form a
flat, circular surface.
After shipping or after the roll has undergone a change in environment, especially
relative humidity, the reference end of the roll may no longer be flat. A flatend can
sometimes be restored by tapping the reference end of the roll against a smooth,
hard surface — but be careful not to damage the edges. Also, it is recommended
that open rolls be stored upright, resting on the reference end; this will help
maintain a flat reference end.
CCCECCCECCCCEECCCECECCECCCECECECECCECECCECECCCECEEC
33333333 3333333333233 33I3333333333333333339
CHARTS
® Avoid wrinkles or creases in the chart, especially during the loading process.
Wrinkles and creases can cause mistracking and damage to the plot. Avoid
disturbing the air (for example, walking quickly nearby) near the loop that hangs
from the plotter during a plot. Air currents can cause wrinkles and creases.
Wrinkles form easily in some environmental conditions. Reducing the plotter
speed usually helps avoid wrinkles, but it also reduces throughput.
3.5. PLOT ORIGIN AND AXES ORIGIN
A plot origin and an axes origin are established when a chart is loaded. These determine
how the plotting software orients the plot on the chart. Typically, plots are oriented
left-to-right along the long axis of the chart.
The plotter sizes a chart when it is loaded and sets a plot origin of either NORMAL (x-axis
is the long axis) or ROTATED (y-axis is the long axis), according to the ORIENTATION
menu setting (Paragraph 7.24).
DM/PL, HP-GL, or HP-GL/2 is selected in the LANGUAGE menu as the active plotting
language (Paragraph 7.19). These plotting languages use the Cartesian coordinate system
asa reference for plotting purposes. Foreach language and each chart orientation, an origin
of 0,0 is set for the x-axis and the y—axis. These vary as explained in the following
paragraphs.
When DM/PL is the active plotting language, the axes origin corresponds to the plot origin
as shown in Figure 3-6. The origin 0,0 is in the corner of the chart and all absolute
coordinates are positive from that point.
3-17
33333333393333333333333133339333333313)33333333)
FIGURE 3-6. DM/PL AXES ORIGIN
NORMAL HALF SIZE CHART
OR
ROTATED FULL SIZE CHART
NORMAL FULL SIZE CHART
OR
ROTATED HALF SIZE CHART
CHARTS
3-18
33332F33TI}F}IIIIZIIIIFIII}IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
CHARTS
When HP-GL is the active plotting language, the axes origin is oriented to the plot origin as
shown in Figure 3—7. The origin 0,0 is in the center of the chart and all absolute coordinates
are positive or negative from that point.
NORMAL HALF SIZE CHART
OR
ROTATED FULL SIZE CHART
NOTE: PEN CHANGER NOT SHOWN.
NORMAL FULL SIZE CHART
OR
ROTATED HALF SIZE CHART
FIGURE 3-7. HP-GL AXES ORIGIN
3-19
When HP-GL/2 is the active plotting language, the axes origin corresponds to the plot
origin as shown in Figure 3-8. The origin 0,0 is in the corner of the chart and all absolute
coordinates are positive from that point.
NORMAL HALF SIZE CHART
OR
ROTATED FULL SIZE CHART
NORMAL FULL SIZE CHART
OR
ROTATED HALF SIZE CHART
FIGURE 3-8. HP-GL/2 AXES ORIGIN
Cecceceeccecrcceccecececceccececcecceccececceece
3332333333333 393333393I3IIIIITIIIAIIIIIIIIIIIAIII|
CHARTS
3-21
When HP-GL is selected as the active language, the default P1 and P2 locations are 15 mm
(600 HP-GL plotter units) in from the corners of the plot area as shown in Figure 3-7. When
HP-GL/2 is selected as the active language, the default P1 and P2 locations are at the
comers of the plot area as shown in Figure 3-8.
You can change the locations of the P1 and P2 points as described in the following steps.
However, you would typically do this only if P1 and P2 operations are supported by the host
plotting software. P1 and P2 provide plot control similar to the SCALE LL and SCALE UR
points described in Section 8.
1. Load a chart and pens.
2s Press the ONLINE key for offline (local) operation.
3. Press the 1 key to go to the present P1 point. At the SET P1 menu, use the left
arrow, right arrow, up arrow, and down arrow keys to position the pen to the new
P1 point, then press the ENTER key. To cancel the request to set a new P1 point,
press the 1 key BEFORE pressing the ENTER key.
4. Press the 2 key to go to the present P2 point. At the SET P2 menu, use the left
arrow, right arrow, up arrow, and down arrow keys to position the pen to the new
P2 point, then press the ENTER key. To cancel the request to set a new P2 point,
press the 1 key BEFORE pressing the ENTER key.
5. Press the ONLINE key to resume online operation and use the new P1 and P2
points with the plotting software.
6. To cancel the custom P1 and P2 points and restore the default locations, press the
RESET/LOAD key one time. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until RESET
is displayed, then press the ENTER key.
CHARTS
3-22
3.6 CHART SUPPLIES
Houston Instrument offers three basic types of chart materials: film, vellum, and bond
paper.
Film includes Single—Matte Film (a polyester material), Clear Coated Film (an
aqueous—coated material), and Clear Acetate Film. Single—Matte Film is useful for
archival plots and plots which must maintain dimensional accuracy despite changes in
temperature and humidity during storage. Clear Coated Film is overhead transparency film
that has a special coating for fast ink drying times. It is designed for use with water—based
ink pens. Clear Acetate Film is an overhead transparency film that is designed for use with
pens that have solvent-based inks.
Premium Plus Vellum is made of a resin impregnated cotton—based cloth material. It is
subject to size changes due to temperature and humidity factors (Paragraph 3.7). Premium
Plus Vellum is suitable for high quality final plots and is excellent for all reproduction
methods.
Bond Paper includes Glossy Presentation Bond (high gloss finish), Matte Presentation
Bond (low gloss finish), and Translucent Bond. These are subject to size changes due to
temperature and humidity factors (Paragraph 3.7). Matte Presentation Bond and Glossy
Presentation Bond are used for business graphics, while Translucent Bondis used for check
plots. Translucent Bond is an economical substitute for vellum and can be used to produce
good quality reproductions.
Tables 3-3 through 3—9 list the various chart types and sizes available for use with your
plotter. These can be ordered from your Houston Instrument product dealer, or direct from
Houston Instrument by calling toll free 1-800-776-9989 (512-873-1395). Be sure to note
the environmental and compatibility considerations listed in Paragraphs 3.7 and 4.5 before
ordering or loading charts.
Ceccceccecececececcecececccccececccececcceceee
3333333333337 33333333333333333333333333333
CHARTS
3-23
TABLE 3-3. SINGLE—-MATTE POLYESTER FILM
PART
SIZE NUMBER | QUANTITY
Engineering C 17 x 22 inches MC-3340 100 sheets
Architectural C 18 x 24 inches MC-3339 100 sheets
Engineering D 22 x 34 inches MC-3338 100 sheets
Architectural D 24 x 36 inches MC-3337 100 sheets
Engineering E 34 x 44 inches MC-3334 50 sheets
Architectural E 36 x 48 inches MC-3336 50 sheets
Architectural 30 x 42 inches MC-3335 50 sheets
TABLE 3-4. CLEAR COATED FILM
(FOR WATER-BASED INKS)
PART
SIZE NUMBER | QUANTITY
Engineering A 8.5 x 11 inches MC-3233
TABLE 3-5. CLEAR ACETATE FILM
(FOR SOLVENT-BASED INKS)
PART
SIZE NUMBER | QUANTITY
Engineering A 8.5 x 11 inches MC-—3098 100 sheets
Engineering B 11 x 17 inches MC-3195 50 sheets
CHARTS
3-24
TABLE 3-6. PREMIUM PLUS VELLUM
PART
SIZE NUMBER | QUANTITY
CUT SHEET:
Engineering A 8.5 x 11 inches MC-3355 100 sheets
Engineering B 11 x 17 inches MC-3354 100 sheets
Engineering C 17 x 22 inches MC-3353 100 sheets
Engineering D 22 x 34 inches MC-3352 100 sheets
Architectural D 24 x 36 inches MC-3351 100 sheets
Architectural 30 x 42 inches MC-3357 100 sheets
Engineering E 34 x 44 inches MC-3356 100 sheets
Architectural E 36 x 48 inches MC-3350 100 sheets
24 inches MC-3296 60 feet
24 inches MC-3299 150 feet
36 inches MC-3300 60 feet
36 inches MC-3301 150 feet
Ccccececececececccecececceccececeeceececceece
3993239239333 333333933333333333333333333333333
CHARTS
TABLE 3-7. GLOSSY PRESENTATION BOND
PART
SIZE NUMBER | QUANTITY
Engineering A 8.5 x 11 inches MC-3346 100 sheets
Engineering B 11 x 17 inches MC-3345 100 sheets
Engineering C 17 x 22 inches MC-3344 100 sheets
Engineering D 22 x 34 inches MC-3343 100 sheets
Architectural D 24 x 36 inches MC-3342 100 sheets
Architectural E 36 x 48 inches MC-3341 100 sheets
TABLE 3-8. MATTE PRESENTATION BOND
PART
SIZE NUMBER | QUANTITY
Engineering A 8.5 x 11 inches MC-3332 100 sheets
Engineering B 11 x 17 inches MC-3333 100 sheets
Engineering C 17 x 22 inches MC-3359 100 sheets
Engineering D 22 x 34 inches MC-3360 100 sheets
Architectural D 24 x 36 inches MC-3361 100 sheets
Architectural 30 x 42 inches MC-3363 100 sheets
Architectural E 36 x 48 inches MC-3362 100 sheets
3-25
CHARTS
3-26
TABLE 3-9. TRANSLUCENT BOND
PART
SIZE NUMBER | QUANTITY
CUT SHEET:
Cecceceeccceccetcecceecceceecececececececcec
MC-3347
MC-3348
MC-3349
MC-3269
MC-3270
MC-3329
MC-3330
MC-3331
100 sheets
100 sheets
100 sheets
100 sheets
100 sheets
100 sheets
100 sheets
100 sheets
Engineering A 8.5 x 11 inches
Engineering B 11 x 17 inches
Engineering C 17 x 22 inches
Engineering D 22 x 34 inches
Architectural D 24 x 36 inches
Architectural 30 x 42 inches
Engineering E 34 x 44 inches
Architectural E 36 x 48 inches
24 inches
24 inches
36 inches
36 inches
MC-3320 60 feet
MC-3314 150 feet
MC-3321 60 feet
MC-3313 150 feet
BIZIAIZIIZIZIFZIAIZIZIIIIIZBZ9III}IIII3ZI3IIIII3I33
CHARTS
3.7 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
Figure 3-9 shows the recommended operating range for all sizes of film, and for vellum and
bond paper chart sizes Engineering A and B; Architectural A and B; DIN A4 and A3; and
Oversize DIN A4 and A3.
Figure 3-10 shows the recommended operating range for vellum and bond paper chart sizes
Engineering C, D, E, and F; Architectural C, D, E, F, and 30x42 inches; DIN A2, A1, AO,
and B1; Oversize DIN A2, A1, and AO.
It is important to remember that vellum and bond paper charts expand and contract with
changes in humidity and temperature. This effect may be especially noticeable with larger
chart sizes. For best results, remove each chart from the packaging and allow it to stabilize
to the plotting environment before use. For Engineering C size or smaller cut sheet charts,
allow 15 minutes; for larger cut sheet charts, allow one hour; and for roll charts, allow 72
hours. Use of unstabilized charts may result in poor plot quality and repeatability, such as
unmatched or shifted lines.
If the plotting media is being used in an extreme operating condition, you may have to load
the larger size charts differently than explained previously. The following paragraph
explains how.
Under normal operating conditions, achart should be positioned so that its right edge aligns
with but does not cover the line on the right side of the platen and its front edge aligns with
the groove on the front of the platen as shown in Figure 3-3. However, if the chart has
contracted, you may need to center the chart between both pinch rollers so that the pinch
roller wheels make contact with both edges of the chart. If the chart has expanded, you must
move the chart to the right so that it does not make contact with the adjustable pinch roller
assembly during chart movements.
3-27
CHARTS
3-28
100% —
95% —|
Approved
Relative 50% — Operating Zone
Humidity
|
ocr 40°F 95°F Temperature
(-17.7° C) (4.5° OC) (35° C)
FIGURE 3-9. OPERATING RANGE FOR ALL FILM AND
SMALL CUT SHEET CHART PAPER
Ceececeececeececerccceccececcecceeceecceceec
33IFZIZIFIIIIZ}IIFIZIIIIIIIIIZIIIIIIIIIIIII3
CHARTS
3-29
Approved
Operating Zone
Relative 50%—|
Humidity
| | I
O°F 40°F 72° R 95°F Temperature
(-17.7° CC) (4.5° C) (22.2° C) (35°C)
FIGURE 3-10. OPERATING RANGE FOR LARGE CUT SHEET
CHART PAPER AND VELLUM
2323323332339 33333333333333333333333333333333
SECTION 4
PENS
4.1 INTRODUCTION
This section provides information for using pens with your plotter. This includes pen care,
loading, supplies, and compatibility considerations.
Pens, pen care products, pen storage containers, charts, and other Houston
Instrument—approved supplies are available from your Houston Instrument product dealer,
or direct from Houston Instrument by calling toll free 1-800-776-9989 (512-873-1395).
4.2 PEN CARE
The pens used with the plotter are durable marking pens specially designed for plotter
graphics. The following paragraphs describe the simple care requirements for these plotter
pens. Follow these general guidelines for all pen types:
All plotter pen types must be capped when not in actual use.
Drafting pens may be kept in the self-sealing pen stalls on the pen changer for
short-term storage. Note that fiber—tip (hard nib) and roller ball pen types are
NOT effectively sealed in the pen changer pen stalls.
For long-term storage of fiber—tip or roller ball pens, store the pens by removing
them from the plotter, capping them with the provided caps, and sealing them ina
plastic bag.
For disposable paper pens, store them capped in a vertical position with the tip up.
For disposable film pens, store them capped in a vertical position with the tip
down.
For refillable pens, clean the pens and store them empty.
All pens should be checked for ink flow before use by testing them on an
appropriate chart sample.
4-1
PENS
42
4.2.1 Ceramic Pen
Ceramic pens (Figure 4-1) offer convenience and quality while providing more writing
distance than standard disposable pens. Ceramic—tip pens provide excellent results with
bond paper and vellum. These pens are maintenance-free and can be left uncapped for
extended periods of time.
%e
Mt
\
\w tp
Yy,
FIGURE 4-1. CERAMIC PEN
Cccecececececececececececeeccececccececeeece
PENS
4-3
4.2.2 Disposable Paper Pen Or Disposable Film Pen
Disposable Paper pens and Disposable Film pens (Figure 4~2) are technical drafting pens
that have no particular care requirements other than to keep them capped when not in actual
use. Cap the pen with the short blue cap if the pen is inserted in an adaptor. Otherwise, cap
the pen with the long clear cap. These pens are automatically sealed when installed in the
pen changer pen stalls. Paper and film pens need to be stored with the tips up.
Disposable Paper pens and Disposable Film pens are offered in standard and long—body
configurations. The long—body pens are especially suited for lengthy technical plotting
applications, offering twice the writing distance of the standard body pens.
ADAPTOR
FIGURE 4-2. DISPOSABLE PAPER PEN
OR DISPOSABLE FILM PEN
BEFORE FIRST USE, the Disposable Paper pens or Disposable Film pens MUST be
activated. To do this for an assembled pen, simply press downward on the pen cap to break
the internal ink seal. Hold the pen tip downward and gently shake the pen until ink flow is
visible in the outer grooves. Test the pen on a piece of scrap plotting material to verify
operation. Then install an adaptor on the pen body for use in the plotter.
332 FZIIIJILZL33393332333333333333333333333333333
PENS
Disposable Paper pens are used with Premium Plus Vellum for final plots, and with
Translucent Bond paper for good quality check plots. Disposable Film pens are used with
Single—Matte Film for archive quality plots, and with Premium Plus Vellum for final plots.
Disposable Film pens work equally well on Single—Matte Film and Premium Plus Vellum.
However, it is recommended that these pens be used only on one chart type for the life of the
pen to obtain the best plot quality and prevent possible chart damage.
Other than occasionally wiping the pen tip to remove any fiber build—up, there are no
special cleaning requirements for these pens. A Disposable Paper pen, Disposable Film
pen, or Refillable Tungsten pen with dried ink can often be restarted by holding the pen
point upward and sharply tapping the reservoir against a hard surface several times.
Capping a dried pen for a few days may allow the ink to dissolve the clog. Also, these pens
can often be restarted by dipping the pen point in water or an ultrasonic cleaner, then
rubbing the point on scrap vellum.
4.2.3 Refillable Tungsten Pen Or Refillable Paper Pen
Refillable Tungsten pens are technical drafting pens for plots on Premium Plus Vellum,
Translucent Bond, or Single—Matte Film. Refillable Paper pens are technical drafting pens
with stainless steel tips to produce high quality plots on Premium Plus Vellum and
Translucent Bond. See Figure 4—3. These pens should be capped when not in actual use.
The pens are automatically sealed when installed in a stable of the pen changer. Like any
technical drawing pen, these pens must be occasionally cleaned and filled with ink for
proper operation. Store these pens empty after cleaning them.
Cececececcececccecececececeeececeecececcecece
33FFZFZIFZIFHI}7IFIIIIIIIIIIIIIZIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
PENS
RING LONG INK RESERVOIR BODY TIP CAP ADAPTOR
SHORT INK RESERVOIR
FIGURE 4-3. REFILLABLE TUNGSTEN PEN
OR REFILLABLE PAPER PEN
To fill the pen, remove the pen reservoir and add ink up to the fill line (Figure 4-3). For best
results, do not fill past this line. Also note that these pens should be refilled before the
reservoir is empty. To start the flow of ink, turn the pen point downward and gently tap the
top of the reservoir. Test the pen on a piece of scrap plotting material to verify operation.
Then install an adaptor on the pen body for use in the plotter. Never shake the pen, since this
may cause the ink to clog the air vents and prevent the flow of ink.
CAUTION
If the pen tip is taken apart, be very careful not to bend the cleaning wire
inside the tip.
For best results, remove the ink reservoir and thoroughly clean the pen tip after each use
with an ultrasonic drafting pen cleaner and solution. Wash the reservoir in tap water. Then
thoroughly dry the parts and reassemble the pen. Note that you should thoroughly clean a
pen if you plan to use another ink color in it.
4-5
PENS
46
Pen care products can be ordered directly from Houston Instrument by calling toll free
1-800-776-9989 (512-873-1395). An Ultrasonic Cleaner (part number MC-—2200),
Pressure Bulb Cleaning Kit (part number MC—2199), and Cleaning Solution with Strainer
(part number MC-78) are available specifically for use with these refillable pens.
Refillable Tungsten pens are used with Single—Matte Film for archive quality plots, and
with Premium Plus Vellum for final plots. With proper care, these abrasion—resistant pens
last almost indefinitely.
A Refillable Tungsten pen or Refillable Paper pen with dried ink can sometimes be
restarted by dipping the pen point in water or denatured alcohol, then rubbing the point on
scrap plotting media.
4.2.4 Fiber—Tip Pen Or Roller Ball Pen
Fiber—tip pens or roller ball pens (Figure 4-4) are disposable pens that have no particular
care requirements other than to keep them capped when not in actual use. These pens should
be removed and capped after plotting because they are not effectively sealed in the pen
changer pen stalls. Test the pen on a piece of scrap plotting material to verify operation.
FIGURE 44. FIBER-TIP PEN OR ROLLER BALL PEN
CECECCCCECCECECCCCECCECECECECECCCEECECCCCCEECE
3333333233933 3F333F3}3I}RIIIHIIZILZIIIIVZIIIIIIIIIIII
PENS
Roller ball pens are useful for generating high speed check plots with Glossy Presentation
Bond, Matte Presentation Bond, and Translucent Bond. Fiber—tip (water—based) pens are
used with Clear Coated Film for overhead transparencies, Glossy Presentation Bond for
business graphics, or Translucent Bond for check plots. Fiber—tip (solvent-based) pens are
used with Clear Acetate Film (uncoated) for overhead transparencies and Single—Matte
Film for final plots requiring reproduction and archival storage. No adaptor is needed with
these pens.
A fiber—tip pen with dried ink can sometimes be saved by dipping the pen point in water,
then rubbing the point on scrap paper to restart ink flow.
4.3 PEN LOADING
The following steps explain how to load any type of pen into the plotter.
1. Remove the pen cap from the pen.
2. Rub the pen point on an appropriate scrap piece of chart material to verify pen
operation.
3. A pen is installed by pressing the wide part into the jaws of the changer pen stall.
See Figure 4-5. Install pens in stalls 1 through 8 of the pen changer, and leave the
plotter pen holder empty. The pen changer arm must be down and latched for
proper multi—pen operation. Place pens in the stalls by pen tip width and/or ink
color according to your plotting software
The plotter can also be operated without the pen changer for single pen use. Either
raise the pen changer arm or remove the pen changer and reset the plotter. Install a
pen in the plotter pen holder. While configured for single pen use, the PEN
PAUSE menu (Paragraph 7.23) can be used to produce multi-pen plots, if so
desired.
4-7
PENS
PEN
CHANGER
FIGURE 4-5. PEN INSTALLATION
4.4 PEN SUPPLIES
Tables 4—1 through 4—9 list the various pens, inks, adaptors, and caps available for use with
your plotter. These can be ordered from your Houston Instrument product dealer, or direct
from Houston Instrument by calling toll free 1-800-776-9989 (512-873-1395). Be sure to
note the compatibility considerations given in Paragraph 4.5 before ordering or loading
pens. Note that adaptors are required for the ceramic or drafting pens. Adaptors are not
required for fiber—tip or roller ball pens.
cecececcecerecceecceeccececececeececceecececcee
3333932333333 3ZIF33IIIITIIAIZIIIIIAIIIIIZIIIIIIIII
PENS
49
TABLE 4-1. CERAMIC PENS
MEDIUM BROAD | QUANTITY
(0.35 MM) | (0.50 MM) | (0.70 MM)
PART NO.
MP-969 MP-970 MP-971 MP-972 1 each
* MP-968 * MP-968 * MP-968 * MP-968 leach
ADAPTORS:
** MP-8189 | ** MP-8189 | ** MP-8189 | ** MP-8189
NOTES:
* MP-968 includes one of each tip width.
** MP-8189 includes two reusable adaptors.
PENS
4-10
TABLE 4-2. DISPOSABLE PAPER PENS (STANDARD BODY)
MEDIUM BROAD | QUANTITY
(0.35 MM) | (0.50 MM) | (0.70 MM)
PART NO.
MP-919 MP-1043 MP-926
MP-917 MP-1045 MP-924
MP-918 MP-1044 MP-925
MP-920 MP-1046 MP-927
MP-921 N/A MP-928
MP-922 N/A MP-929
MP-923 N/A MP-930
MP-1042 N/A MP-1047
MP-8097 1 each
* MP-8103 * MP-8103 1 each
NOTES:
* MP-8103 includes one each of 0.35 mm and 0.70 mm tip widths, 14 adaptors, 14 pen caps.
Magenta
Yellow
Black, red,
blue, green
Black, red,
blue, green,
violet,
turquoise,
magenta
ceccccceececccececececceceecercecrecceceececerec
932J2F3IIIDI}AIIIIIIZIZIUIIIIIII2Z9N3I333333333333333)
PENS
4-11
TABLE 42. DISPOSABLE PAPER PENS (STANDARD BODY)
(Continued)
EXTRA FINE | MEDIUM | BROAD | QUANTITY
FINE — | (0.35 MM) | (0.50 MM) | (0.70 MM)
(0.25 MM)
PART NO. | PARTNO. | PART NO. | PART NO.
ADAPTORS:
Adaptor,
pen cap ** MP-8186 | ** MP-8186 | ** MP-8186 | ** MP-8186 2 each
NOTES:
** MP_-8186 includes two reusable adaptors and two pen caps.
TABLE 4-3. DISPOSABLE PAPER PENS (LONG-BODY)
EXTRA FINE MEDIUM | BROAD | QUANTITY
FINE (0.35 MM) | (0.50 MM) | (0.70 MM)
(0.25 MM)
PART NO. | PART NO. | PART NO. | PART NO.
INDIVIDUAL PENS:
Black MP-1010 MP-1018 MP-1026 MP-1034
Red MP-1011 MP-1019 MP-1027 MP-1035
Blue MP-1012 MP-1020 MP-1028 MP-1036
Green MP-1013 MP-1021 MP-1029 MP-1037
Violet MP-1015 MP-1023 MP-1031 MP-1039
Turquoise MP-1016 MP-1024 MP-1032 MP-1040
PENS
4-12
TABLE 4-3. DISPOSABLE PAPER PENS (LONG-BODY)
(Continued)
EXTRA
FINE MEDIUM BROAD | QUANTITY
FINE (0.35 MM) | (0.50 MM) | (0.70 MM)
(0.25 MM)
PART NO. | PART NO. | PART NO. | PART NO.
INDIVIDUAL PENS :
Magenta MP-1017 MP-1025 MP-1033 MP-1041 2 each
Yellow MP-1014 MP-1022 MP-1030 MP-1038 2 each
Black, red,
blue, green
PK-8116
PK-8126 PK-8135 PK-8146 1 each
PK-8117 PK-8191 PK-8136 PK-8197 1 each
Yellow,
violet,
turquoise,
magenta
ADAPTORS:
Adaptor,
pen cap *MP-8186 | * MP-8186 | * MP-8186 | * MP-8186 2 each
NOTES:
* MP-8186 includes two reusable adaptors and two pen caps.
ceccececcceccceecceceececeecceceececeececceeecece
333F3T7TIFZIFZ}IL}IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIZIIIIIIIIWII
PENS
TABLE 444. DISPOSABLE FILM PENS
FINE MEDIUM BROAD | QUANTITY
(0.35 MM) | (0.50 MM) | (0.70 MM)
PART NO. | PART NO. | PART NO. | PART NO.
INDIVIDUAL PENS:
PK-8171 PK-8172 PK-8173 PK-8174
N/A PK-8175 PK-8176 PK-8203
N/A PK-8199 PK-8177 PK-8202
N/A PK-8200 PK-8201 PK-8178
ADAPTORS:
Adaptor,
pen cap * MP-8186 * MP-8186 * MP-8186 * MP-8186 2 each
NOTES:
* MP-8186 includes two reusable adaptors and two pen caps.
4-13
PENS
4-14
TABLE 4-5. REFILLABLE PENS
FINE MEDIUM BROAD | QUANTITY
(0.35 MM) | (0.50 MM) | (0.70 MM)
PART NO. | PART NO, | PART NO. | PART NO.
PEN BODY:
fren emma | omram | owes | = MPa
INDIVIDUAL TIPS:
Tungsten MP-951 MP-659 MP-660 MP--661 1 each
Stainless MP--997 MP-998 MP-999 MP-1000 1 each
steel
NOTES:
* MP-602 includes one long and one short reservoir, two caps, and two adaptors.
TABLE 46. INK FOR REFILLABLE PENS
DRYING INK TYPE | RECOMMENDED
TIME
MI-288 fast short opaque bond, vellum, film
MI-117 medium very long | transparent vellum
MI-118 medium very long transparent vellum
MI-119 medium very long | transparent vellum
MI-1181 medium long opaque bond, vellum
cecececceccececceccecececececeeeececececcecceeee
3333373333377 IF7IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
COLOR
PENS
4-15
TABLE 4-6. INK FOR REFILLABLE PENS
(Continued)
PART
NO.
MI-1182
ME-1183
MI-1184
MI-1185
MI-1186
MI-1187
MI-1188
DRYING
TIME
medium
medium
medium
slow
slow
slow
slow
OPEN
PEN
TIME
long
long
long
medium
medium
medium
medium
INK TYPE | RECOMMENDED
opaque
opaque
opaque
opaque
opaque
opaque
opaque
bond, vellum
bond, vellum
bond, vellum
matte—film
matte—film
matte—film
matte—film
PENS
4-16
TABLE 4-7. FIBER-TIP WATER-BASED INK PENS
INK COLOR FINE QUANTITY
(0.30 MM)
PART NO.
INDIVIDUAL PENS:
Black MP-973
Red MP-974
Blue MP-975
Green MP-976
Turquoise MP-980
Orange MP-977
Yellow MP-979
Lime Green MP-978
Violet N/A
Brown N/A
Black, red, blue, green MP-1001
Black, red, blue, green, N/A
violet, orange
Black, red, blue, green, violet,
orange, brown, lime green
Orange, dark brown, turquoise,
violet
Orange, lime green, turquoise, MP-1002
yellow
Ceccccecceceerccecceeccercecececeeeeccececcececee
333F2F73FZIFZ3ZIIIF3IIFZIFIIII7IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
PENS
TABLE 4-8. FIBER-TIP SOLVENT-BASED INK PENS
INK COLOR PART NO. QUANTITY
INDIVIDUAL PENS:
Black
Red
Blue
Green
Violet
Brown
Orange
Yellow
Black, red, blue, green, MP-601 1 each
violet, orange, brown, yellow
4-17
PENS
4-18
TABLE 4-9. ROLLER BALL PENS
INK COLOR PART NO. QUANTITY
INDIVIDUAL PENS:
Black MP-8159
Red MP-8160
Blue MP-8162
Green MP-8161
Violet MP-8164
Turquoise MP-8165
Brown MP-8169
Orange MP-8168
Yellow MP-8163
Magenta MP-8166
Black, red, blue, green MP-8155
Yellow, violet, turquoise, magenta MP-8156
4.55 MEDIA COMPATIBILITY
Houston Instrument offers a wide range of approved pens and chart types (or media) for
your plotter. It is important to remember that use of any other plotting media is NOT
recommended. Use of unapproved media may result in degraded plot quality, damage to the
pen or chart, or possible damage to the plotter.
Ceccccceececcecercccececrerecerecrcecececeeceeece
23FIITTFIIIZIIIZIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
PENS
Note that not all pen types may be used with all chart types. For best plotting results, refer to
Figure 4—6 before ordering or loading a chart to see which pen type is recommended for use
with it. The velocities shown in the figure provide the highest quality results with the use of
all of the different pen tip sizes. As a general rule, the smaller tip sizes (0.25 mm and 0.35
mm) will provide perfectly acceptable plot outputs at velocities exceeding those shown in
the appropriate ranges. The larger pen tip sizes (0.50 mm and 0.70 mm) operate most
effectively within the velocity ranges shown due to their ink flow characteristics.
HX
APPLICATION
ENGINEERING DRAWINGS
DESIGN DRAWINGS
ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS
CIVIL DRAWINGS
CHARTS / GRAPHS
HI MEDIA TYPE
MEDIA e PEN COMPATIBILITY CHART
4-19
emacs oh
HI PEN TYPE
SINGLE MATTE
POLYESTER
F1uM
DISPOSABLE FILM
REFILLABLE TUNGSTEN
FIBER (SOLVENT BASE INK)
PREMIUM PLUS
VELLUM
OR
TRANSLUCENT
BOND
BOND, OR
PRESENTATION
BOND, OR
TRANSLUCENT BOND
MATTE
+
DISPOSABLE PAPER
8 TO 12 ips
4 70 8 ips
VELOCITY AND OUTPUT QUALITY
FINAL PLOT DRAFT PLOT
B TO 20 ips 12 TO 20 tps
12 TO 20 ips
CHECK PLOT
20 TO 32 ips
68 TO 16 ips
8 TO 12 Ips 12 TO 24 ips
8 TO 12 ips
42 TO 20 ips
24 TO 32 ips
20 TO 32 ips
REFILLABLE TUNGSTEN
REFILLABLE PAPER (SS)
CERAMIC
FIBER (WATER BASE INK}
@ TO 12 ips
12 TO 20 ips
8 TO 16 ips
B TO 16 ips
20 TO 32 ips
16 TO 24 Ips
N/R
CERAMIC
ih
ROLLERBALL N/R UP TO 16 tps | uP TO 32 ips
DISPOSABLE FILM 8 TO 20 tps 12 TO 20 tps 20 TO 32 ips
RLECTRONIC CIRCUIT SINGLE MATTE
BOARDS. POLYESTER REFILLABLE TUNGSTEN 8 TO 12 ips | 12 TO 20 ips N/R
FILM Fr
FIBER (SOLVENT BASE INK) 4 TO 6 ips 8 TO 16 ips N/R
BUSINESS GLOSSY PRESENTATION| FIBER (WATER BASE INK) 470 8 ips 8 TO 16 ips { NUR
1
4 TO 6 ips & TO 16 ips
16 TO 24 ips
ROLLERBALL
N/R UP TO 16 ips
OVERHEAD CLEAR COATED FILM | FIBER (WATER BASE INK) 4 TO 8 Ips 8 TO 16 ips { N/R
TRANSPARENCIES
CLEAR ACETATE FILM! FIBER (SOLVENT BASE INK) 4TO 8 tps 8 TO 16 ips N/R
Not Recommended
N/R =
FIGURE 46. MEDIA COMPATIBILITY
UP TO 32 ips
93FJFTIIIIIZLZIRIIIZI1IIIIIZIZIIIIIIIIIZIIIIIIIIIIII
SECTION 5
USER SELECT MENU
5.1 INTRODUCTION
This section provides information for using the USER SELECT menu.
5.2 MENU OPERATION
Press the left arrow or right arrow key until the desired value is displayed. Then press the
ENTER key to select that value. An asterisk (*) displayed next to a value indicates that
value is selected. You may display all choices by using the left arrow or right arrow keys,
but only the value indicated by the asterisk is selected and will be used by the plotter.
To exit this menu for another menu, press the MENU key until the desired menu is
displayed. To exit any menu and return to the online condition, press ONLINE. To load a
chart or reset the plotter, press the RESET/LOAD key.
5.3. USER SELECT
USER SELECT
12 3 4
The USER SELECT menu selects the active plotter configuration from among four
internally maintained sets of configuration parameters. After selecting a configuration
number, use the CONFIGURATION menu to choose parameter values to be maintained
for that number. Always verify the appropriate USER SELECT number is selected before
choosing parameter values with the CONFIGURATION menu.
USER SELECT MENU
5-2
To select a previously entered configuration, simply select the USER SELECT number in
this menu, press the ENTER key, and press the ONLINE key to return to the online
condition with those particular parameters.
NOTE
Always select the appropriate USER SELECT number BEFORE
starting a plot. Changing the selected configuration during a plotting
session may abort the plot.
To obtain a hard copy of the various USER SELECT configurations for your records, use
the MENU PLOT feature described in Paragraph 9.4. See Figure 5-1. It is recommended
that you use the MENU PLOT feature any time you change the configuration. To restore all
four selections to the factory settings, use the INSTALL MENU feature described in
Paragraph 10.13.
For example, you may wish to configure USER SELECT 1 and 2 for one plotting software
package, and USER SELECT 3 and 4 for a second software package. For each of these
packages, one configuration could be at a fast speed for using roller ball pens and
translucent bond paper for high speed check plots. The second configuration could be at a
slower speed (but otherwise identical) for using stainless steel pens on vellum for your final
plots.
ceecccccececceccccecerretecercerceceeccecec
9FJIITILZIIIT{IIIIZ2III9III9I72333233333333333333333
USER SELECT MENU
5-3
DMP162 = 1858001 1359001 1351001
CURRENT USER: 3
PARAMETER USER 1 USER_2 USER_3 USER 4
PEN 1 VELOCITY 600 MM/S 600 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 2 VELOCITY 600 MM/S 600 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 3 VELOCITY 600 MM/S 600 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 4 VELOCITY 600 MM/S 600 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 5 VELOCITY 400 MM/S 600 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 6 VELOCITY 400 MM/S 600 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 7 VELOCITY 400 MM/S 400 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 8 VELOCITY 400 MM/S 400 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 1 TIP SIZE .35MM .35MM 35MM
PEN 2 TIP SIZE .35MM .35MM 35MM
PEN 3 TIP SIZE .35MM .35MM 35MM
PEN 4 TIP SIZE .35MM .35MM 35MM
PEN 5 TIP SIZE .70MM .35MM 35MM
PEN 6 TIP SIZE .70MM .35MM 35MM
PEN 7 TIP SIZE .70MM .70MM 35MM
PEN 8 TIP SIZE -70MM .70MM .35MM
VEL OVERRIDE HOST CONTROL HOST CONTROL IGNORE HOST
PEN ACCEL 4.09 4.09 2.09
MEDIA VEL 600 MM/S 600 MM/S 16 IPS
# OF PENS 8 8 6
PENS/GROUP 4 2 1
LANGUAGE HP-GL HP-GL/2 DM/PL SCAN-CAD
OPTIMIZATION ON ON OFF
MENU UNITS ENGLISH
AUTO-CAPPING 5 S 30 S 120 S
PEN PAUSE DISABLE DISABLE DISABLE
ORIENTATION NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL
ADDRESSING .001 INCH
TEXT FONT FO
TEXT SPACING PROP.
CHAR SET 60
OPEN FONTS FILLED
ZERO CHAR PLAIN SLASH PLAIN
BAUD RATE 9600 19200 38400
PARITY EVEN EVEN NONE
RTS/DTR HIGH HIGH TOGGLE
LINE STATUS STANDALONE STANDALONE
DM/PL_ ERRORS IGNORED
FIGURE 5-1. EXAMPLE CONFIGURATION
DFZIFTIIFILZIFVIIFIFIIFIIIIIIZIIIIIIIIIIIIII3Id
6-1
SECTION 6
LCD CONTRAST MENU
6.1 INTRODUCTION
This section provides information for using the LCD contrast menu.
6.2) MENU OPERATION
Press the up arrow or down arrow key until the desired contrast is displayed. To exit this
menu for another menu, press the MENU key until the desired menu is displayed. To exit
any menu and return to the online condition, press ONLINE. To load a chart or reset the
plotter, press the RESET/LOAD key.
6.3 LCD CONTRAST
LCD CONTRAST
* | ADJUSTMENT
The LCD CONTRAST menuis used to adjust the contrast (or intensity) of the liquid crystal
display on the control panel.
NOTE
If the display is set to an unreadable level and you are not in this menu,
power the plotter off then on, press the MENU key two times, and use the
up arrow or down arrow key to adjust the level.
7-1
SECTION 7
CONFIGURATION MENU
7.1. INTRODUCTION
This section provides information for using the configuration menu.
7.2 CONFIGURATION
CONFIGURATION
ENTER
The CONFIGURATION menu is used to access the various sub-menus to configure the
plotter operating parameters. The various configuration sub-menus are summarized in
Table 7-1 as a quick-reference listing. Notice that some sub-menus are available depending
on the active plotting language, some sub-menus are available only when in SERVICE
MODE, and other sub-menus are available only on the DMP-162R plotter.
These configurations are the items saved under the various USER SELECT numbers, as
described in Section 5. Remember that there are four different configurations, which are
independently maintained. Be sure to select the configuration number in the USER
SELECT menu before altering the items in the CONFIGURATION menu.
The various CONFIGURATION sub—menus are shown in Figure 7-1. To access the
sub—menus, press the ENTER key at the CONFIGURATION menu.
3323373 IFTILI1IZIITIIIIIIIZIIIIIBIIHIII}IIIIIIIIIIII
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-2
TABLE 7-1. CONFIGURATION QUICK-REFERENCE
SUB-MENU
DESCRIPTION
CONFIGURATION SUB-MENUS:
# OF PENS * %
ADDRESSING *
AUTO-CAPPING * %
BAUD RATE * %
CHAR SET *
DM/PL ERRORS *
LANGUAGE * & %
LINE STATUS %
MEDIA VEL * %
MENU UNITS *
OPEN FONTS *
OPTIMIZATION * %
ORIENTATION * %
PARITY * %
PEN ACCEL * %
PEN PAUSE * %
PEN TIP SIZE * %
PEN VELOCITY * %
NOTES:
Specifies available pens in the pen changer.
Selects the default DM/PL user addressable
resolution.
Sets time to return a pen to pen changer.
Selects RS—232-C baud rate.
Selects the default DM/PL character set.
Selects communication error reporting.
Selects the active plotting language.
Simulates HP STANDALONE
EAVESDROF switch.
Selects media axis velocity.
Sets menu English or metric display units.
Selects fill for DM/PL fillable text fonts.
Selects plot code optimization.
Sets the orientation of the chart.
Selects RS-232-C parity type.
Sets the pen acceleration.
Sets pen pause feature.
Sets pen tip width.
Selects the pen velocity.
Available when DM/PL is active language. .
& Available when SCAN-CAD is active language. No other sub—menus are available for SCAN-—CAD. Plotter
control is through the scanning software.
®*e
Available when HP-GL or HP-GL/2 is active language.
Available when SERVICE MODE is active (see Section 10).
Available on DMP-162R only.
Cecccecccececececcecececececcececcecceececcececececcececcecee
33FTTIIIVIIII}BIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIYI
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-3
TABLE 7-1. CONFIGURATION QUICK-REFERENCE (Continued)
REFERENCE
SUB-MENU DESCRIPTION PARAGRAPH
CONFIGURATION SUB-MENUS (Continued):
PENS/GROUP * % Specify pen groups.
RTS/DTR * % Sets RS—232-C RTS and DTR signals.
TEXT FONT * Selects the DM/PL text font.
TEXT SPACING * Selects DM/PL text character spacing.
VEL OVERRIDE * % Selects pen down velocity override.
ZERO CHARACTER * % Selects zero text character type.
SERVICE MODE SUB-MENUS:
CARRIAGE ACC * % # Sets pen carriage acceleration.
CARRIAGE VEL * % # Sets pen carriage velocity.
CHART CMNDS * # Sets DM/PL EF & EH response.
DOWN DELAY * % # Sets the pen down delay before a move.
MEDIA ACC * % # Selects media axis acceleration.
UP DELAY * % # Sets pen up delay before a move.
DMP-162R SUB-MENUS:
CHART FEED * % @ Selects the plotter chart type.
LOAD DELAY * & % @ Sets time to allow roll chart to stabilize.
CUT DELAY * & % #@ Sets time to allow static charge on roll
chart to dissipate.
NOTES:
* — Available when DM/PL is active language.
& Available when SCAN-CAD is active language. No other sub—menus are available for SCAN-CAD. Plotter
contro! is through the scanning software.
Available when HP-GL or HP-GL/2 is active language.
Available when SERVICE MODE is active (see Section 10).
Available on DMP-162R only.
®*e
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-4
PEN VELOCITY *%
PEN TIP SIZE * %
VEL OVERRIDE *
PEN ACCEL * %
MEDIA VEL * %
MEDIA ACC * % #
CARRIAGE VEL * % #
CARRIAGE ACC * % #
UP DELAY * % #
i<
x
DOWN DELAY * % #
CHART FEED * % @
DM/PL MENU.
SCAN - CAD MENU.
HP - GL OR HP - GL/2 MENU.
LOAD DELAY *&% @
CUT DELAY *&% #@
# OF PENS * %
PENS/GROUP * %
LANGUAGE * & %
OPTIMIZATION *
MENU UNITS *
AUTO - CAPPING * %
PEN PAUSE * %
ORIENTATION * %
ADDRESSING *
TEXT FONT *
TEXT SPACING *
CHAR SET *
OPEN FONTS *
ZERO CHAR *%
BAUD RATE * %
PARITY * %
RTS/DTR * %
LINE STATUS %
DM/PL ERRORS *
CHART CMNDS * #
&
%
# SERVICE MODE MENU.
@
DMP-162R MENU.
FIGURE 7-1. CONFIGURATION SUB-MENUS
cecceccececccececcececcecccececececeececcce
33DIIFIFF}IIIIIIFIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-5
7.3. MENU OPERATION
Press the up arrow or down arrow key until the desired sub-menu is displayed. Now choose
a parameter by pressing the left arrow or right arrow Key until the desired parameter value is
displayed. Then press the ENTER key to select that value. An asterisk (*) displayed next to
a value indicates that value is selected. You may display all choices by using the left arrow
orright arrow key, but only the value indicated by the asterisk is selected and willbe used by
the plotter. Continue to choose other sub—menus with the up arrow or down arrow key.
Choosing some parameters may require a slightly different operation than explained here;
such operation is explained in the paragraphs that follow for each parameter.
To exit this menu for another menu, press the MENU key until the desired menu is
displayed. To exit any menu and return to the online condition, press ONLINE. To load a
chart or reset the plotter, press the RESET/LOAD key.
Notice that the sub—menu explanations are organized in the following format:
® NAME. The name of the sub—menu is given in the paragraph title.
e DISPLAY. This shows how the plotter displays the sub—menu name on the LCD
display.
PARAMETERS. This shows the available parameters for the sub-menu.
DEFAULT. The factory default value is shown here.
e LANGUAGES. This indicates under which plotting language(s) the sub—menu is
active. If a sub—menu is not active for the present language, it is not displayed.
e SET VIA. If CONFIGURATION is listed here, the sub—menu can be displayed
when the plotter is in the CONFIGURATION menu. If SERVICE MODE is
listed here, the sub-menu can be displayed when SERVICE MODE (see Section
10)is active. If HOST LANGUAGE is listed here, the PARAMETERS value may
be overridden by host computer plotting LANGUAGE commands.
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-6
FUNCTION. This describes the purpose of the sub-menu.
SELECTION. This gives special instructions for parameter selection in some
sub—menus. Otherwise, parameter selection is with the left arrow, right arrow, and
ENTER keys as previously described.
e GENERAL. This gives general information about the parameters or sub-menu.
Note that sub—menus with velocity parameters are expressed in either English or metric
units. For DM/PL, if ENGLISH is selected for menu units (Paragraph 7.21), the
parameters are listed in inches per second (IPS). If METRIC is selected, the parameters are
listed in millimeters per second (MM/S) for DM/PL. For HP-GL or HP-GL/2, the
parameters are always in MM/S.
Some parameters can be overridden by specific host computer plot language commands.
When overriding is possible, it is so noted in the description of that sub—menu.
7.4 PEN VELOCITY
DISPLAY: PEN VELOCITY
PARAMETERS: <PEN> <SPEED>
PEN= ALL12345678
SPEED = 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 28 32 MAX IPS
30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 MAX MM/S
DEFAULT: 24 IPS (600 MM/S)
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
cececccecccecccceececececcececececcceceecceccec
33333333333333333333333333333333333333333)
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-7
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE, HOST LANGUAGE
FUNCTION: The PEN VELOCITY menu selects the pen down velocity for each pen or
group. If PEN/GROUP is set to two, four, or eight pens per group, the pen numbers in this
menu apply to the groups not the individual pens.
SELECTION: Select the desired pen with the PEN SELECT key. Select the velocity
with the left arrow or right arrow keys, then press the ENTER key.
GENERAL:
If ALL is displayed for PEN, the selected velocity applies to all eight pens. If a number is
displayed, the selected velocity applies only to that particular pen (this feature allows youto
set an individual velocity for each pen). If different velocities are set for the pens, the speed
is indicated with a question mark (?) when ALL is selected.
The MAX velocity selection is 32 ips (800 mm/s) without constant velocity — that is,
diagonal moves are at 45 ips (1140 mm/s). Constant velocity is applied for all other velocity
selections.
7.5 PEN TIP SIZE
DISPLAY: PEN TIP SIZE
PARAMETERS: <PEN> <SIZE>
PEN= ALL 123 45 67 8
SIZE = .25 35 50 .70 1.00 MM :
DEFAULT: ALL, 35MM
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-8
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The PEN TIP SIZE menu selects the pen tip size for any pen or group. If
PEN/GROUP is set to two, four, or eight pens per group, the pen numbers in this menu
apply to the groups not the individual pens.
SELECTION: Select the desired pen with the PEN SELECT key. Select the pen tip
size with the left arrow or right arrow keys, then press the ENTER key.
GENERAL: This setting is used for HP-GL/2 wide line drawings and for DM/PL,
HP-GL, and HP-GL/2 solid fills.
If ALLis displayed for PEN, the selected pen tip size applies to all eight pens. If anumber
is displayed, the selected pen tip size applies only to that particular pen (this feature allows
you to load different pen tip widths for the pens). If different pen tip sizes are set for the
pens, a question mark (?) will be displayed for size when ALL is selected.
For the most efficient solid fills, be sure that the selected pen tip sizes in this menu match the
actual pen tip widths of the pens installed in the plotter.
7.6 VELOCITY OVERRIDE
DISPLAY: VEL OVERRIDE
PARAMETERS: HOST CONTROL IGNORE HOST
DEFAULT; HOST CONTROL
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
ceccccecececcecececceeccecceceerccececcceceececcecec
33FITDIZIFZIFIIIFIIIIIIIIFIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-9
FUNCTION: The VELOVERRIDE menu selects how the pen down velocity is set fora
plot.
GENERAL: When IGNORE HOST is selected, the pen velocity specified in the PEN
VELOCITY menu (Paragraph 7.4) is the velocity used for all plots. The plotter ignores all
plotting software velocity commands. This is useful when you wish to slow down a plot to
improve its quality. When HOST CONTROL is selected, the pen velocity can be changed
by the plotting software.
7.7 PEN ACCELERATION
DISPLAY: PEN ACCEL
PARAMETERS: 1.0 2.0 30 40 g
DEFAULT: 4.0¢
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE, HOST LANGUAGE
FUNCTION: The PENACCEL menu limits the acceleration in g’s (gravity units) when
the pen is down. It does not affect acceleration when the pen is up.
GENERAL: For the best plotter throughput, the fastest available pen acceleration is
recommended.
If VELOCITY OVERRIDE is set to HOST CONTROL, HP-GL acceleration commands
in the plotting software override the value set in this menu.
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-10
7.8 MEDIA VELOCITY
DISPLAY: MEDIA VEL
PARAMETERS: 1 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 28 32 IPS
30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 MM/S
DEFAULT: 32 IPS (800 MM/S) for DMP-161, 24 IPS (600 MM/S)
for DMP-162 and DMP-162R
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The MEDIA VEL menu limits the velocity in the media axis.
NOTE
Ifthe media velocity is selected to be slower than the pen velocity, media
axis vectors will be drawn slower than pen axis vectors, which may
result in slightly different line widths.
GENERAL: This setting can be used to improve tracking performance with some chart
types. The media velocity cannot be set above 24 IPS (600 MM/S) for the DMP-162 and
DMP-162R.
7.9 MEDIA ACCELERATION
DISPLAY: MEDIA ACC
PARAMETERS: 1.0 2.0 3.0 40 g
DEFAULT: 4.0g FORDMP-161, 2.0 g FOR DMP-162 and DMP-162R
cceccecceceeccececcceccececececceccecececeecce
3333333333333 33333333333333333333333333333
CONFIGURATION MENU
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: SERVICE
FUNCTION: The MEDIA ACC menu limits the rate of acceleration in g’s (gravity
units) for the media axis.
GENERAL: This setting does not affect the carriage axis. For the best plotter
throughput, the fastest available chart acceleration is recommended. For DMP-161
plotters, the fastest available selection is 4 g. For DMP-162 and DMP-162R plotters, the
fastest available selection is 2 g.
7.10 CARRIAGE VELOCITY
DISPLAY: CARRIAGE VEL
PARAMETERS: 1 2 468 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 28 32 IPS
30 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 700 800 MM/S
DEFAULT: 32 IPS (800 MM/S)
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: SERVICE
FUNCTION: The CARRIAGE VEL menu selects the maximum allowed velocity for
the pen carriage.
GENERAL: This setting does not affect the media axis velocity.
7-11
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-12
7.11 CARRIAGE ACCELERATION
DISPLAY: CARRIAGE ACC
PARAMETERS: 1.0 2.0 3.0 40 g
DEFAULT: 4.0¢
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: SERVICE
FUNCTION: The CARRIAGE ACC menu sets the maximum allowed rate of
acceleration in g’s (gravity units) for the pen carriage.
GENERAL: This setting does not affect the media axis. For the best plotter throughput,
the fastest available pen carriage acceleration is recommended.
712 UP DELAY
DISPLAY: UP DELAY
PARAMETERS: 25 3035 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 MS
DEFAULT: 30 MS
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: SERVICE
FUNCTION: The UP DELAY menu sets the time in milliseconds (MS) which the
plotter waits after lifting the pen.
GENERAL: For the best quality plots, set the pen up delay to 30 MS. Shorter delay times
may result in a slight reduction in plot quality. Longer delay times may result in a slight
reduction in plotter throughput.
Ceececceecececececececeecceccecceceeccecececececce
333FIIT3I}RIRILIIIIIFIZ3INIIII1I}72133333333333333
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-13
7.13 DOWN DELAY
DISPLAY: DOWN DELAY
PARAMETERS: 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 MS
DEFAULT: 70 MS for DMP-162 or DMP-162R, 50 MS for DMP-161
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: SERVICE
FUNCTION: The DOWN DELAY menu sets the time in milliseconds (MS) which the
plotter waits after lowering the pen.
GENERAL: For the best quality plots on the DMP-161, set the pen down delay to 50
MS. For the best quality plots on the DMP-162 or DMP-162R, set the pen down delay to 70
MS. Shorter delay times may result in a slight reduction in plot quality. Longer delay times
may result in a slight reduction in plotter throughput.
7.14 CHART FEED
DISPLAY: CHART FEED
PARAMETERS: CUTSHEET FULL ROLL HALFROLL MANUAL ROLL
DEFAULT: FULL ROLL
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-14
FUNCTION: The CHART FEED menu selects the chart type for DMP-162R plotters.
Note that this menu is not displayed for other plotter models.
GENERAL: CUT SHEET selects cut sheet charts as the chart type. When CUT SHEET
is selected, the DMP-162R plotter operates exactly like a DMP-162.
FULL ROLL and HALF ROLL select roll charts as the chart type and are the recommended
settings for unattended plotting. FULL ROLL should be selected if the default chart size is
full size. HALF ROLL should be selected if the default chart size is half size. In either case,
the full size chart will be pulled from the roll and the software package on the host can
change the size from the default with the appropriate command. The HP-GL/2 PS
command and the HP-GL AF or AH commands will change the size of all plots until the
next front panel RESET or IN command. In the automatic roll modes, the DM/PL EF or EH
command will change the size of the following plot.
MANUAL ROLL also selects roll charts as the chart type, but prompts the user each time a
chart is loaded to press the up arrow and down arrow keys to adjust the chart length. The
longest plot that can be selected in MANUAL ROLL is 20 feet.
NOTE
Be sure to match the CHART FEED menu setting with the type of chart
you are using in the plotter. Otherwise, chart loading errors will occur.
7.15 LOAD DELAY
DISPLAY: LOAD DELAY
PARAMETERS: 0 1 2 4 6 8 10 MIN
DEFAULT: 0
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
Ccececececcececccececececececceccecececcece ce
333FIFTFDIFIIIZIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIWIIII
CONFIGURATION MENU
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: TheLOAD DELAY menu sets the time in minutes (MIN) to allow the roll
chart to stabilize after it is pulled from the roll. After each chart is pulled from the roll, it will
expand and contract in response to the humidity in the environment. Only the very outside
of the roll will have fully stabilized, assuming the roll was removed from its sealed bag long
enough before it was used. More accurate plotting will result if the media is able to finish
any expansion or contraction before the plot starts. This function is only available if roll has
been selected. See Paragraph 7.14 CHART FEED.
7.16 CUT DELAY
DISPLAY: CUT DELAY
PARAMETERS: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SEC
DEFAULT: 3
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The CUT DELAY menu sets the time in seconds (SEC) to allow static
charge on the roll chart to dissipate before the chart is cut and fed into the wireform chute.
The delay prevents the leading edge of the chart from rolling back due to static attraction to
the wireform chute. The CUT DELAY setting should be increased when environmental
conditions result in high static attraction. This function is only available if roll has been
selected. See Paragraph 7.14 CHART FEED.
7-15
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-16
7.17 NUMBER OF PENS
DISPLAY: #OF PENS
PARAMETERS: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DEFAULT: 8
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The # OF PENS menu sets the number of pens that can be used during a
plot when the pen changer is installed and active. If the pen changer is not active, the # OF
PENS is assumed to be 1.
GENERAL: If your plotter is operating as a single—pen unit (pen changer removed or
pen changer arm up), the # OF PENS menu setting has no effect. Otherwise, set this menu to
the number of pens actually installed in the pen changer (the pens must be in consecutive
stalls, starting with number 1).
Note that an automatic substitution of pen number occurs if the host plotting program
requests a pen number above what has been set with this parameter. Table 7—2 shows which
pen will actually be used when this condition occurs. The vertical axis of the table is the #
OF PENS parameter setting and the horizontal axis of the table is the pen number request by
the host.
For example, if the # OF PENS is set to 4, and the host requests pen 3, pen 3 will be used. If
the # OF PENS is set to 4, and the host requests pen 5, pen 1 will be used.
Cceccecceeceececcecceceecccccecerccetecececcee cece
333ITITZIFI}FII}IIIFIIFIFIIFIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-17
TABLE 7-2. PEN SUBSTITUTION
HOST-REQUESTED PEN NUMBER
JHOST-REQUESTEDPENNUMBER
EE GSES ESE PRES ES PARES IES
[DMIPLPEN COMMAND
# OF DM/PL PEN COMMAND
pens | Po | pi | r2 | ps | pa [ps | Po | pr | pe J te [ros J ras | pas J rs [oe | pre
JHP-GLORHP-GL/2SELECTPENCOMMAND
HP-GL OR HP-GL/2 SELECT PEN COMMAND
[seo [sei |sez|sr3|ses|sps|sro]sr7|spp
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
2 2
2 2
4 4
3 3
2 2
1 1
8 8
NN NN NNN
FPN wR WHE
NW BUN YN
OR WH WwW DH He
RUAN FWNeR,
Aor We Be
Ann nN FF NNN FS
NOTES:
* Returns the presently selected pen to its stall. Has no effect if no pen is selected.
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-18
7.18 PENS/GROUP
DISPLAY: PENS/GROUP
PARAMETERS: 1 2 4 8
DEFAULT: 1
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The PENS/GROUP menuassigns how many adjacent pens are ina group.
GENERAL: Pen grouping provides a means of improving the effective life and
reliability of pens. Adjacent pens are arranged into groups as shown in Table 7-3. Each
group is treated as a single pen in response to host computer requests for a given pen. Thus, a
request for pen 2 will be treated as a request for a pen from group 2. The plotter will then
select a pen from group 2. After plotting a given number of feet, the plotter will
automatically exchange the present pen for the next penin the same group. When all pens in
the group have been used, the plotter begins again with the first pen in that group. This
ensures that all pens within the group are used frequently and wear at about the same rate.
Frequent use also keeps pens from drying out.
TABLE 7-3. PENS/GROUP
PENS/GROUP SETTING PENS IN THE GROUP
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 3
1 and 2, 3 and 4, 5 and 6, 7 and 8
1 thru 4, 5 thru 8
1 thru 8
Cececcecceeccececececceccecceececececeecececece
33333333333333333333333333333333333333333
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-19
7.19 LANGUAGE
DISPLAY; LANGUAGE
PARAMETERS: DM/PL HP-GL HP-GL/2 SCAN-CAD
DEFAULT; DM/PL
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, SCAN-CAD, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The LANGUAGE menu is used to select the active plotting language for
the plotter.
NOTE
It is important to remember that the active plotting language MUST
match the plotting software. SCAN-CAD MUST be the active plotting
language when using the Model 128A or 128AMC SCAN-CAD
accessory.
GENERAL: Select a language supported by the host computer’s plotting software.
DM/PL selects Houston Instrument Digital Microprocessor/Plotting Language (DM/PL)
as the active plotting language. This selection allows the plotter to operate with
DM/PL-based plotting software.
Select HP-GL as the LANGUAGE to emulate an HP model 7585B plotter.
Select HP-GL/2 as the LANGUAGE to emulate an HP DraftMaster SX/RX plotter.
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-20
SCAN-CAD must be selected when using the plotter with the HI Model 128 series
SCAN-CAD accessory. When SCAN-CAD is selected, the plotter is set for the DM/PL
plotting language and various operating parameters required by the scanning software.
Note that only the LANGUAGE sub-menu and the CONFIGURATION, SERVICE,
USER SELECT, and LCD CONTRAST menus are available when SCAN-CAD is
selected as the active language.
7.20 OPTIMIZATION
DISPLAY: OPTIMIZATION
PARAMETERS: ON OFF
DEFAULT: ON
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The OPTIMIZATION menu allows the plotter optimization to be turned
ON or OFF. When ON, both pen and vector sorting are performed on the incoming plot
code.
GENERAL: The optimization feature is used to decrease the time required to generate a
plot.
If OFF is selected, no optimization is attempted on the incoming plot code. If ON is
selected, the incoming plot code is sorted and stored in plotter memory according to the pen
used and vector position. The plot code is then plotted in a way that is the most efficient.
ceececcececcecccecceececeecececceececceecee
333333333333333333333333333333333333333332
CONFIGURATION MENU
Many plotting software packages also offer optimization algorithms. Some have options
for various optimization levels. In general, the best performance will result when only pen
sorting is selected in the plotting software (if it is available) and OPTIMIZATION is set to
ON in this menu.
7.21 MENU UNITS
DISPLAY: MENU UNITS
PARAMETERS: ENGLISH METRIC
DEFAULT: ENGLISH
LANGUAGES: DM/PL
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The MENU UNITS menu allows you to select either English or metric
menu measurement units for DM/PL.
GENERAL: If ENGLISH is specified, DM/PL velocity menus are listed in inches per
second. If METRIC is specified, DM/PL velocity menus are listed in millimeters per
second.
7-21
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-22
7.22 AUTO-CAPPING
DISPLAY: AUTO-CAPPING
PARAMETERS: DISABLE 15 30 60 120 240 480 S
DEFAULT: 1208S
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The AUTO-CAPPING menu sets the amount of time after the plotter
becomes inactive (usually because the plot iscomplete or because the plotter has been set to
OFFLINE) before the plotter returns the present pen to its stall in the pen changer.
GENERAL: This feature is designed to prevent ink drying on the tips of drafting pens.
This menu has no effect if the pen changer is not installed on the plotter or the pen changer
arm is in the up position.
This menu selects one of six different time limits in seconds (S) for inactivity before the
plotter beeps and automatically returns a selected pen to its stall. After a pen is returned, the
pen holder parks in front of that stall and waits for additional plot codes. The plotter does
not return a pen to its stall during periods of inactivity if DISABLE is specified. Typical
values are 15 seconds for stainless stee] and tungsten tip drafting type pens and 60 seconds
for roller ball or hard nib pens.
For example, if 15 is selected and the plotter is processing a plot, it beeps and automatically
returns a pen to its stall any time a 15—second break occurs in plotting.
cecceccecececceccceccccecececceececceceececcececee
33333333333333333333333333333333333333333)
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-23
7.23 PEN PAUSE
DISPLAY: PEN PAUSE
PARAMETERS: DISABLE ENABLE
DEFAULT: DISABLE
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The PEN PAUSE menu permits making multi—pen plots on a single-pen
plotter.
GENERAL: If PEN PAUSE is set to ENABLE and a pen changer is not active, the
display will prompt the user to manually change pens whenever the host software sends a
pen change command to the plotter. The user should then place an appropriate pen into the
pen holder and press the 1 key to resume plotting without loss of data.
If PEN PAUSE is set to DISABLE or if a pen changer is active, the pen pause feature is
disabled.
7.24 ORIENTATION
DISPLAY: ORIENTATION
PARAMETERS: NORMAL ROTATED
DEFAULT: NORMAL
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-24
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE, HOST LANGUAGE
FUNCTION: The ORIENTATION menu selects how the plot is oriented on the chart.
GENERAL: When NORMAL is selected, the x—axis of the plot is aligned with the long
axis of the chart. When ROTATED is selected, the y—axis of the plot is aligned with the long
axis of the chart. Also see Paragraph 7.36.
The HP-GL or HP-GL/2 Rotate RO command will override the ORIENTATION setting
until a front panel RESET or an Initialize IN command occurs. The DM/PL Full Chart EF
and Half Chart EH commands will change the media axis length in the automatic roll modes
of the DMP-162R (FULL ROLL and HALF ROLL), thereby affecting the orientation of
the plot.
7.25 ADDRESSING
DISPLAY: ADDRESSING
PARAMETERS: .001INCH .005INCH .025MM .100MM NORMALIZED
DEFAULT: .001 INCH
LANGUAGES: DM/PL
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE, HOST LANGUAGE
FUNCTION: The ADDRESSING menu selects the plotter’s default DM/PL user
addressable resolution.
GENERAL: If NORMALIZED is selected, the plotter automatically scales a plot to fit
on the presently installed chart size if the plot code was written using DM/PL Coordinate
Addressing ECO units. The present ENGLISH or METRIC MENU UNITS selection
(Paragraph 7.21) does not affect the resolution selection.
Cceccececececcceccccecececcceccececccecceccecce
933333333333333333333333333333333333333333
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-25
7.26 TEXT FONT
DISPLAY: TEXT FONT
PARAMETERS: FO Fl F2 F3 F4 F5 F6
DEFAULT: FO
LANGUAGES: DM/PL
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE, HOST LANGUAGE
FUNCTION: The TEXT FONT menu selects the default DM/PL text font (character
style) for the plotter to use when plotting text.
GENERAL: The seven DM/PL text fonts are FO single stroke, F1 serif, F2 sans serif, F3
serif bold, F4 sans serif bold, FS ISO drafting, and F6 script. The DM/PL text fonts are
illustrated in the FONT DEMO plot in the INTERNAL PLOTS menu described in
Paragraph 9.7. Table 74 shows the various font and character set combinations available
for this plotter.
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-26
TABLE 7+4. FONT AND CHARACTER SET COMBINATIONS
FONT
F5 F6
CHARACTER SET
Ecol rod SANS | SERIF
SERIF | SERIF | BOLD RA
* *
ASCII &
Gl MATHEMATICS &
GERMAN &
FRENCH &
SWEDISH &
NORWEGIAN/
DANISH &
SPANISH &
ITALIAN &
CYRILLIC &
KATAKANA %
GREEK &
NOTES:
& Zero character for this set is only selectable with the ZERO CHARACTER menu.
% Menu ZERO CHARACTER setting ignored for this character set.
Cccecccececcececcecccecececececcecececcececeeccce
333333333333333333333333333333333333333332
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-27
7.27 TEXT SPACING
DISPLAY: TEXT SPACING
PARAMETERS: PROP. VARIABLE NON-PROP.
DEFAULT: PROP.
LANGUAGES: DM/PL
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE, HOST LANGUAGE
FUNCTION: The TEXT SPACING menu selects the default character spacing for
plotting DM/PL text.
GENERAL: PROP. selects proportional character spacing, where the character width
varies according to the character. The character cell width is adjusted to create uniform
spacing between the characters. The entire string is scaled to a length equal to an identical
string using NON-PROP. This parameter is the default (and recommended) value for all
text fonts, except for script.
VARIABLE also selects proportional character spacing, where the character width also
varies according to the character. However, the character cell width is not adjusted to create
uniform spacing between the characters. No scaling is done to make the length identical toa
string using NON-PROP. Therefore, the string length is unpredictable. This parameter is
the default and recommended value for the F6 script font.
NON-PROP. selects non—proportional (fixed) character spacing, where each character is
centered within a character cell of uniform width.
Figure 7-2 shows the effects of the non—proportional, proportional, and variable
parameters on identical text strings. Notice that non—proportional produces fixed
character spacings and that the characters align in columns. For proportional, notice that
the character widths and inter—character spacings are adjusted according to the string
length. For variable, notice that the character widths and inter—character spacing are not
adjusted according to the string length.
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-28
NON-PROPORTIONAL :
ABCDEFGHI JKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
abcdef ghi jklmnopgqrstuvwxyz
9123456789
PROPORTIONAL:
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
9123456789
VARIABLE:
ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
abcdefghijklmnopaqrstuvwxyz
123456789
FIGURE 7-2. TEXT SPACING
cecececcceccececccececccceececcececececcececcecce
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-29
7.28 CHARACTER SET
DISPLAY: CHAR SET
PARAMETERS: G0 Gl G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 G9 G10
DEFAULT: GO
LANGUAGES: DM/PL
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE, HOST LANGUAGE
FUNCTION: The CHAR SET menu selects the default DM/PL character set for the
plotter to use when plotting text.
GENERAL: The11DM/PL character sets are GO standard ASCII, G1 mathematics, G2
German, G3 French, G4 Swedish, G5 Norwegian/Danish, G6 Spanish, G7 Italian, G8
Katakana, G9 Cyrillic, and G10 Greek. DM/PL character sets GO through G10 are
illustrated in the FONT DEMO plot in the INTERNAL PLOTS menu described in
Paragraph 9.7. Table 7—4 shows the various font and character set combinations available
for this plotter.
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-30
7.29 OPEN FONTS
DISPLAY: OPEN FONTS
PARAMETERS: FILLED NOT FILLED
DEFAULT: FILLED
LANGUAGES: DM/PL
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The OPEN FONTS menu selects the default fill for the DM/PL fillable
text fonts (F1 serif, F2 sans serif, F3 serif bold, and F4 sans serif bold).
GENERAL; Selecting FILLED causes the fillable fonts to have a default solid fill when
plotted. Other fill patterns can be selected by the host computer software. Selecting NOT
FILLED causes all fillable fonts to be plotted as outlined characters. See Figure 7-3.
Non-fillable fonts (FO single stroke, F5 ISO drafting, and F6 script) are not affected by this
parameter. If LANGUAGE is setas HP-GL or HP-GL/2, this parameter has no effect —all
characters are non—fillable.
Text Fill On
Text Fill Off
FIGURE 7-3. OPEN FONTS
cccececececcccececcececececececcececececeecce
33333333333333333333333333333333333333333)
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-31
7.30 ZERO CHARACTER
DISPLAY: ZERO CHAR
PARAMETERS: PLAIN SLASH DOTTED
DEFAULT: PLAIN
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The ZERO CHAR menu allows you to select among three different types
of zero text characters (0).
GENERAL: See Figure 7-4. For DM/PL, this menu setting is ignored for the Katakana
G8 character set. For HP-GL, this menu setting is ignored for the Special Symbols 5, 15,
and 25; Roman Extensions 7, 17, and 27; and Katakana 8, 18, and 28 character sets.
Dotted Zero: 0
Slashed Zero: @
Plain Zero: 0
FIGURE 7-4. ZERO CHARACTER
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-32
7.31 BAUD RATE
DISPLAY: BAUD RATE
PARAMETERS: 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400
DEFAULT: 9600
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The BAUD RATE menu selects the operating baud rate for RS—232-C
serial communications for your plotter.
NOTE
The plotter baud rate selection MUST MATCH the host computer baud
rate setting.
GENERAL: Five different baud rates are available. If possible, configure your plotting
software to the fastest rate it supports from this menu.
ceccecccececceccecccececccccrcecececceceecece
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-33
7.32 PARITY
DISPLAY: PARITY
PARAMETERS: NONE MARK EVEN ODD
DEFAULT: EVEN
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The PARITY menu selects the byte format and parity type for RS-232-C
serial communications for your plotter.
NOTE
The plotter parity selection MUST MATCH the host computer parity
setting.
GENERAL: NONEspecifies no parity, eight input data bits, and bit eight set to zero for
data output from the plotter. MARK specifies no parity, eight data bits, and bit eight set to
one for output. EVEN specifies seven data bits with even parity as the eighth bit. ODD
specifies seven data bits with odd parity as the eighth bit. Select the parity setting required
by your host computer.
33333333333333333333333333333333333333333)
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-34
7.33 RTS/DTR (HANDSHAKING)
DISPLAY: RTS/DTR
PARAMETERS: TOGGLE HIGH
DEFAULT: HIGH
LANGUAGES: DM/PL, HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The RTIS/DTR menu controls the plotter’s RS—232-C serial
communications data connector Request To Send (RTS) and Data Terminal Ready (DTR)
signals for hardware handshaking purposes. The plotter’s RS—232-C interface isexplained
in Paragraph B.3.
NOTE
The plotter handshaking selection MUST MATCH the host computer
handshaking setting.
GENERAL: If your plotting software requires a constant high signal level at these two
pins, select the HIGH option (typical setting for XON/XOFF or software handshaking). If
your plotting software uses these two pins for hardware handshaking, select the TOGGLE
option.
Ccececccececececcecececetccecececececcececceceecc
33333333333333333333333333333333333333333)
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-35
7.34 LINE STATUS
DISPLAY: LINE STATUS
PARAMETERS: STANDALONE EAVESDROP
DEFAULT: STANDALONE
LANGUAGES: HP-GL, HP-GL/2
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The LINE STATUS menu simulates the function of the STANDALONE
EAVESDROP switch on HP model 758X plotters. This determines how the plotter is
selected by the host computer.
NOTE
The line status selection MUST match the plotting software.
GENERAL: STANDALONE means that the plotter is always programmed-on at
power up. EAVESDROP means that the plotter is in a programmed-off condition at power
up and must be explicitly selected with a programmed—on command by the plotting
software. Set this to match your plotting software.
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-36
7.35 DM/PL ERRORS
DISPLAY: DM/PL ERRORS
PARAMETERS: IGNORED REPORTED
DEFAULT: IGNORED
LANGUAGES: DM/PL
SET VIA: CONFIGURATION, SERVICE
FUNCTION: The DM/PL ERRORS menu allows the plotter to use its control panel
display to report various DM/PL errors, such as illegal plot commands, invalid parameter
ranges, or communications errors.
GENERAL: This feature is activated by selecting REPORTED. It is usually used only
when attempting to debug a communication link between the plotter and the host computer.
If this feature is used, be sure the plotting software does not use automatic baud rate
selection (auto—baud). Otherwise, auto—baud will trigger baud rate errors as it attempts to
match baud rates. After a link is established, this feature can be disabled by selecting
IGNORED.
cceececcececcecececcececcecececeeccceeeceeceec
3333333333333 3333}33F3F333I33I333333333333333
CONFIGURATION MENU
7-37
7.36 CHART COMMANDS
DISPLAY: CHART CMNDS
PARAMETERS: DMP-160 EH/EF DMP-60 EH/EF
DEFAULT: DMP-160 EH/EF
LANGUAGES: DM/PL
SET VIA: SERVICE
FUNCTION: The CHART CMNDS menu sets the plotter’s response to a DM/PL Full
Chart EF or Half Chart EH command.
GENERAL: When set to DMP-160 EH/EF, DM/PL Full Chart EF or Half Chart EH
commands are ignored if CHART FEED is set to CUT SHEET or MANUAL ROLL. When
set to DMP-60 EH/EF, a DM/PL Half Chart EH command sets the origin to the left front of
the chart, aDM/PL Full Chart EF command sets the origin to the right front of the chart, and
the ORIENTATION menu setting is overridden.
3333333333333 33333333333333333333333333333
SECTION 8
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8.1 INTRODUCTION
This section provides information for using the CLIP & SCALE menu. Note that this menu
is not available if SCAN-CAD is selected as the LANGUAGE in the CONFIGURATION
menu (Paragraph 7.19).
8.2 CLIP & SCALE
CLIP & SCALE
ENTER
The CLIP & SCALE menu is used to access the various sub—menus to select the plotter
clipping and scaling features. The CLIP & SCALE menu allows you to redefine the
plotter’s plotting surface. At power up or after a reset, the default settings provide a 1:1
mapping ratio of plot code to the entire chart size presently installed. By using the CLIP &
SCALE menu settings, you can locate, scale, clip, and/or mirror your plot anywhere on the
chart plotting surface.
8.3. MENU OPERATION
The individual CLIP & SCALE sub—menus are shown in Figure 8-1. To access these
sub—menus, press the up arrow or down arrow key at the CLIP & SCALE menu. Press the
ENTER key to select the desired scale or clip sub—menu.
To go to the present clip or scale point from a sub—menu, press the left arrow or right arrow
key until VIEW is displayed, then press the ENTER key. To set a new clip or scale point
from a sub~menu, press the left arrow or right arrow key until SET is displayed, then press
the ENTER key. Use the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, or down arrow key to move toa
new point. Press the ENTER key again to select that point.
To select another menu, press the MENU key. To load a chart or reset the plotter, press the
RESET/LOAD key. To return to online, press the ONLINE key.
8-1
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-2
QUICK SCALE
CLIP LOWER LEFT
CLIP UPPER RIGHT
SCALE LOWER LEFT VIEWPORT
SCALE UPPER RIGHT
DRAW BORDERS
FIGURE 8-1. CLIP AND SCALE
8.4 QUICK SCALE
OFF
ENGRA ENGRB ENGRC ENGRD ENGRE
ARCHA ARCHB ARCHC ARCHD ARCHE ARCHF 30X42
A4DIN A3DIN A2DIN AI1DIN AODIN B1DIN
A4OVRSZ A3 OVRSZ A2OVRSZ Al OVRSZ AO OVRSZ
cececcececcceececececececccececcececececececeece
333233333333333333333333333333333333333333)
CLIP & SCALE MENU
Use the QUICK SCALE menu to set up automatic plot scaling. A plot may be enlarged or
reduced in size. The aspect ratio of the original plot is maintained during scaling (circles
will still be circles after scaling). QUICK SCALE is intended for use with standard size
plots and charts; for other sizes, see information on clipping and scaling in the following
paragraphs.
To scalea plot, the plotter must know the original plot size and the final plot size. The final
plot size will be set by the chart size automatically detected by the plotter during the last
LOAD operation. The user must indicate the original plot size by selecting asize from those
presented in the menu. Selecting an original size smaller than the presently loaded chart
will enlarge the original plot to fill the present chart as much as possible without changing
the plot aspect ratio. Selecting an original size larger than the presently loaded chart will
reduce the original plot to fill the present chart as much as possible without changing the
plot aspect ratio. Selecting an original size equal to the presently loaded chart size or
selecting OFF (the default selection) will result in no scaling.
In the display, ENGR represents Engineering sizes, ARCH represents Architectural sizes,
DIN represents DIN sizes, and OVRSZ represents oversize DIN sizes. 30x42 represents a
standard Architectural size of 30 by 42 inches.
For example, you have an Engineering B size plot that you wish to reduce to Engineering A
size chart for a report. See Figure 8-2. Load an Engineering A size chart. At this menu,
select ENGR B for QUICK SCALE. Exit the menu and send the plot code to the plotter to
produce a scaled down version of the plot. See Figure 8—3.
The plotting software can also scale a drawing using the DM/PL Window W command or
HP-GL or HP-GL/2 Scale SC command.
8-3
CLIP & SCALE MENU
84
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT
PEN PLOTTER
FIGURE 8-2. ORIGINAL PLOT
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT
PEN PLOTTER
FIGURE 8-3. QUICK SCALE PLOT
cecccececetcecceeccecececececececeeceece ecececceecec
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-5
8.5 CLIP
CLIP LL
SET VIEW
<} |> : ENTER
CLIP UR
SET VIEW
<> :ENTER
The CLIP LL and CLIP UR sub—menus are used to establish the lower left and upper right
comer clip points for a clip plot.
The subpart of a plot design selected for plotting is called a clip. A clip is created by
specifying an imaginary rectangle around a subpart using two corner points, called the
lower left (LL) and the upper right (UR). Figure 8—4 shows the default locations of these
points, which vary with chart orientation. The sides of the imaginary rectangle are called
clip limits. Only the plot codes within the specified clip limits are plotted when the plotting
program is run. Thus, only the subpart, or clip, appears on the chart.
3323339333939339333939339393333339)393333933393393333333)
UPPER
RIGHT
FULL SIZE CHART
HALF SIZE CHART
FIGURE 8-4. LOWER LEFT AND UPPER RIGHT POINTS
CLIP & SCALE MENU
33333333333333333333333333333333333333333)
CLIP & SCALE MENU
During a clip plot, the pen may pause for various lengths of time. This is normal and does
not indicate a problem with the plotter. The plotter still receives the plot codes for the entire
plot, but draws only the data for the plot that is inside the limits. That is, plotting activity
pauses whenever the plotter receives data that falls outside the clip limits.
The clip setting defaults to the entire plotting area when the plotter is powered on or reset.
The default clip limit is the same as the scale limit, which produces a “normal” plot. Clip is
not affected by using the RESET/LOAD key to LOAD a chart of the same size or ABORT
a plot. However, clip is canceled by using the RESET/LOAD key to RESET the plotter or
if the plotter is powered off. Also, refer to Paragraph A.3 to see how menu item selection
affects a clip.
To set a clip:
1. Run the plot that you wish to clip. Leave the chart in the plotter.
2. Press the MENU key until the CLIP & SCALE menu is displayed, then press the
ENTER key.
3. Press the up arrow or down arrow key until CLIP LL is displayed, then press the
ENTER key. At the CLIP LL sub-menu, press the left arrow or right arrow key to
display VIEW. Press the ENTER key to move to the present lower left clip point.
Use the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, or down arrow key to move to the desired
clip lower left point. Press the ENTER key to select that point as the new clip
lower left point.
4. Press the up arrow or down arrow key until CLIP UR is displayed, then press the
ENTER key. At the CLIP UR sub-menu, press the left arrow or right arrow key to
display VIEW. Press the ENTER key to move to the present upper right clip point.
Use the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, or down arrow key to move to the desired
clip upper right point. Press the ENTER key to select that point as the new clip
upper right point.
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-8
ee If desired, set a scale as described in Paragraph 8.6.
6. Press the RESET/LOAD key one time. Remove the old chart and install a new
chart. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until LOAD is displayed, then press
the ENTER key to load the new chart. DO NOT select RESET since that will
clear any clip setting in effect.
"he Send the plot code again to plot only the clip.
8. Press the RESET/LOAD key one time. Press the left arrow or right arrow key
until RESET is displayed, then press the ENTER key to clear the clip setting.
For example, consider clip points set on an original plot as shown in Figure 8-5. The
resulting clip plot is as shown in Figure 8-6 if no scale is set.
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT
UPPER
RIGHT
PEN PLOTTER
LOWER
LEFT
FIGURE 8-5. CLIP POINTS
ceeccececcececcecececetcececccecececcecececececec
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-9
PEN PLOTTER
FIGURE 8-6. CLIP PLOT
8.6 SCALE
SCALE LL
SET VIEW SET VIEWPORT
<{|>-:ENTER
SCALE UR
SET VIEW
< {| >-ENTER
The SCALE LL and SCALE UR sub-menus are used to establish the scale lower left and
upper right corner points for a plot. These points are also used to set plot mirror effects as
described in Paragraph 8.8. The SCALE LL sub-menu SET VIEWPORT item is used to
set a viewport as described in Paragraph 8.7.
333333333333333333333333333333333333333339
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-10
If you want a plot at a larger or smaller size, or with a different height-to—-width ratio
(aspect) for a special visual effect, you can specify these changes with the scale function.
Like the clip, a scale box is an imaginary rectangle specified by two points called the lower
left (LL) and the upper right (UR). Figure 8-4 shows the locations of these points, which
vary with chart orientation. The sides of the imaginary rectangle are called scale box limits.
If a clip box is set, the scale box is set to the same size to maintain the clip size.
The scale setting defaults to the entire plotting area when the plotter is powered on or reset.
The default scale limit is the same as the clip limit, which produces a “normal” plot. Scale
is not affected by using the RESET/LOAD key to LOAD a chart of the same size or
ABORT a plot. However, scale is canceled by using the RESET/LOAD key to RESET the
plotter or by powering off the plotter. Also, refer to Paragraph A.3 to see how menu item
selection affects scale.
NOTE
There is one set of SCALE LL and SCALE UR points. You either set a
scale plot or mirror plot (Paragraph 8.8) with these points.
To set a scale:
1. Run the plot that you wish to scale. Leave the chart in the plotter.
2, Press the MENU key until the CLIP & SCALE menu is displayed, then press the
ENTER key.
3. If desired, set a clip as described in Paragraph 8.5 or a viewport as described in
Paragraph 8.7.
Cecccececececceccecececccecececececeeeecceecec
333333333333333333333333333333333333333339
CLIP & SCALE MENU
4. Press the up arrow or down arrow key until SCALE LL is displayed, then press the
ENTER key. At the SCALE LL sub-menu, press the left arrow or right arrow key
to display VIEW. Press the ENTER key to move to the present lower left scale
point. Use the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, or down arrow key to move to the
desired scale lower left point. Press the ENTER key to select that point as the new
scale lower left point.
5. Press the up arrow or down arrow key until SCALE UR is displayed, then press
the ENTER key. At the SCALE UR sub—menu, press the left arrow or right arrow
key to display VIEW. Press the ENTER key to move to the present upper right
scale point. Use the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, or down arrow key to move to
the desired scale upper right point. Press the ENTER key to select that point as the
new scale upper right point.
6. Press the RESET/LOAD key one time. Remove the old chart and install a new
chart. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until LOAD is displayed, then press
the ENTER key again to load the new chart. DO NOT select RESET since that
will clear any scale setting in effect.
Ts Send the plot code again to plot the scaled plot.
8. Press the RESET/LOAD key one time. Press the left arrow or right arrow key
until RESET is displayed, then press the ENTER key to clear the scale setting.
For example, consider clip points set on an original plot as shown in Figure 8-5. If a scale
box is set as shown in Figure 8-7, the resulting scale plot is as shown in Figure 8-8. When
setting a scale this way, you can alter the aspect ratio of the scale plot if desired.
8-11
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-12
UPPER
RIGHT
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT
PEN PLOTTER
LOWER
LEFT
FIGURE 8~7. SCALE PLOT
PEN PLOTTER
FIGURE 8-8. ENLARGED SCALE PLOT
The most reliable way to maintain the aspect ratio for a plot when scaling is to use the
auto—scaling feature. This is done by setting the lower left and upper right points in the same
axis. For example, consider clip points set on an original plot as shown in Figure 8-5. If a
scale box is set as shown in Figure 8—9, the resulting scale plot is as shown in Figure 8-8.
Ceecccecceccececcececcececcececeececececceccec
3333333333333 33333333333333333333333333333
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-13
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT
PEN PLOTTER
LOWER
LEFT
UPPER
RIGHT
OR
UPPER
RIGHT
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT
PEN PLOTTER
LOWER
LEFT
FIGURE 8-9. AUTO-SCALE PLOT
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-14
8.7. VIEWPORT
SCALE LL
SET VIEW SET VIEWPORT
<f{ | >:ENTER
‘You can decide where on the chart to place a plot by selecting a viewport. This is done by
specifying where the lower left corner (origin) of the plot is to be. The point that selects the
viewport is specified with the SCALE LL sub-menu SET VIEWPORT item. By moving
the pen holder as the viewport, or lower left corner of the plot, you determine the location
for a plot when the plot code is sent.
The viewport feature can be used with the clip feature to reproduce a small portion of a plot
several times on the same chart. It is also possible to use the viewport feature to reproduce
an entire plot intended for a smaller chart several times on a single larger chart. The clip
feature described in Paragraph 8.5, scale or auto—scale features described in Paragraph 8.6,
and mirror effects described in Paragraph 8.8 can also be used with the viewport.
The viewport defaults to the lower left corner of the plotting area when the plotter is
powered on or reset, or to the lower left clip corner when a clip is set. A viewport setting is
not affected by using the RESET/LOAD key to LOAD a chart of the same size or ABORT
a plot. However, a viewport setting is canceled by using the RESET/LOAD key to RESET
the plotter or if the plotter is powered off. Also, refer to Paragraph A.3 to see how menu item
selection affects a viewport.
To set a viewport:
1. Press the MENU key until the CLIP & SCALE menu is displayed, then press the
ENTER key.
2; If desired, set a clip as described in Paragraph 8.5, set scaling as described in
Paragraph 8.6, or set a mirror effect as described in Paragraph 8.8.
Cececcececececcecececececececceeccecccecececce
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-15
3: Press the up arrow or down arrow key until SCALE LL is displayed, then press the
ENTER key. At the SCALE LL sub-menu, press the left arrow or right arrow key
to display SET VIEWPORT. Press the ENTER key to select the SET
VIEWPORT option. Use the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, or down arrow key
to move to the desired viewport. Press the ENTER key to select that point as the
new lower left corner of the viewport.
4. If loading a new chart, press the RESET/LOAD key one time. Remove the old
chart and install a new chart. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until LOAD is
displayed, then press the ENTER key again to load the new chart. DO NOT select
RESET since that will clear any viewport setting in effect.
3. Send the plot code to plot at the new viewport.
6. Press the RESET/LOAD key one time. Press the left arrow or right arrow key
until RESET is displayed, then press the ENTER key to clear the viewport
setting.
For example, consider clip points set on an original plot as shown in Figure 8—5. If one
viewport is set as shown in Figure 8-10 and the plot code sent, then another viewport is set
and the plot code sent again, the resulting plot will contain the two clips positioned as
shown.
PEN PLOTTER PEN PLOTTER
e e
FIRST SECOND
VIEWPORT VIEWPORT
333333333333333333333333333333333333)
FIGURE 8-10. VIEWPORT PLOT
|
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-16
8.8 MIRROR PLOT
SCALE LL
SET VIEW SET VIEWPORT
<1 | >.ENTER
SCALE UR
SET VIEW
<f{ | >-ENTER
The mirror plot feature is produced with scaling points. This is done by altering the relative
positions of the scale lower left and upper right points. Figure 8-11 shows how the scale
lower left and upper right points are set in various combinations to produce normal, reverse,
upside-down, and reverse upside—down plots (in all cases the window or clip lower left and
upper right points are in their normal positions).
Ceececececcececececceecceecececececeececececce
9333333333333 333333333933333333333333333333
SCALE
NORMAL: UPPER
RIGHT
PEN PLOTTER
SCALE
LOWER
LEFT
SCALE
UPSIDE-DOWN: LOWER
LEFT
YaLLO 1d Nad
SCALE
UPPER
RIGHT
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-17
SCALE
UPPER REVERSE:
RIGHT
SCALE
LOWER
LEFT
SCALE
LOWER REVERSE UPSIDE-DOWN:
LEFT
SCALE
UPPER
RIGHT
FIGURE 8-11. MIRROR OPTIONS
The mirror setting defaults to normal orientation when the plotter is powered on or reset. A
mirror setting is not affected by using the RESET/LOAD key to LOAD a chart of the same
size or ABORT a plot. However, a mirror setting is canceled by using the RESET/LOAD
key to RESET the plotter or if the plotter is powered off. Also, refer to Paragraph A.3 to see
how menu item selection affects mirror.
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-18
NOTE
There is one set of SCALE LL and SCALE UR points. You either set a
scale plot or mirror plot with these points.
To set a mirror plot:
1.
2.
Run the plot that you wish to mirror. Leave the chart in the plotter.
Press the MENU key until the CLIP & SCALE menu is displayed, then press the
ENTER key.
If desired, set a clip as described in Paragraph 8.5 or a viewport as described in
Paragraph 8.7.
Press the up arrow or down arrow key until SCALE LL is displayed, then press the
ENTER key. At the SCALE LL sub-menu, press the left arrow or right arrow key
to display VIEW. Press the ENTER key to move to the present lower left scale
point. Use the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, or down arrow key to move to the
desired scale lower left point as shown in Figure 8-11 for a normal, reverse,
upside-down, or reverse upside-down plot. Press the ENTER key to select that
point as the new scale lower left point.
Press the up arrow or down arrow key until SCALE UR is displayed, then press
the ENTER key. Atthe SCALE UR sub-menu, press the left arrow or right arrow
key to display VIEW. Press the ENTER key to move to the present upper right
scale point. Use the left arrow, right arrow, up arrow, or downarrow key to move to
the desired scale upper right point as shown in Figure 8-11 for a normal, reverse,
upside~down, or reverse upside-down plot. Press the ENTER key to select that
point as the new scale upper right point.
Press the RESET/LOAD key one time. Remove the old chart and install a new
chart. Press the left arrow or right arrow key until LOAD is displayed, then press
the ENTER key again to load the new chart. DO NOT select RESET since that
will clear any mirror setting in effect.
ccecececceecreecceececececeecececeececceeceece cece
333333333333333333333333333333333333333332
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-19
7. Send the plot code again to plot the mirror plot.
8. Press the RESET/LOAD key one time. Press the left arrow or right arrow key
until RESET is displayed, then press the ENTER key to clear the mirror setting.
For example, consider clip points set on an original plot as shown in Figure 8-5. If a scale
box is set as shown in Figure 8-12, the resulting reversed mirror plot is as shown in Figure
8-13.
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT
UPPER
RIGHT
PEN PLOTTER
LOWER
LEFT
FIGURE 8-12. MIRROR PLOT
AITTOII U4
FIGURE 8-13. REVERSED MIRROR PLOT
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-20
The scale, auto—scale, and mirror features can also be applied to reduce a plot. This is done
by making the scale box smaller than the clip box (if set) or smaller than the plot area ifa clip
is not set. Forexample, consider clip points set on an original plot as shown in Figure 8-5. If
a scale box is set as shown in Figure 8—14, the resulting reduced scale plot is as shown in
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT
PEN PLOTTER
LEFT RIGHT
FIGURE 8-14. SCALE PLOT
PEN PLOTTER
FIGURE 8-15. REDUCED PLOT
ceeccececececcccececcecceecceccececceeceececeece
3333333333333333333333333933333333333333333
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-21
8.9 DRAW BORDERS
DRAW BORDERS
CLIP WINDOW VIEWPORT
The DRAW BORDERS sub-menu is used to draw the border of the present clip window or
viewport, if so desired. This function is useful for precise verification of clip and viewport
settings.
To draw the borders:
1. Set a clip as described in Paragraph 8.5 and/or a viewport as described in
Paragraph 8.7.
2, Press the MENU key until the CLIP & SCALE menu is displayed, then press the
ENTER key.
3 Press the up arrow or down arrow key until DRAW BORDERS is displayed, then
press the ENTER key. At the DRAW BORDERS sub-menu, press the left arrow
or right arrow key to display CLIP WINDOW. Press the ENTER key to draw a
border around the present clip window.
4. At the DRAW BORDERS sub-menu, press the left arrow or right arrow key to
display VIEWPORT. Press the ENTER key to draw a border around the present
viewport.
5. Press the ONLINE key to resume online operation.
CLIP & SCALE MENU
8-22
For example, consider clip points set on an original plot as shown in Figure 8—5. If the CLIP
WINDOW or VIEWPORT item is selected in the DRAW BORDERS menu, the plot looks
like Figure 8-16.
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT
PEN PLOTTER
FIGURE 8-16. DRAW BORDERS EXAMPLE
ceecececcececececececececcecececececececececec
333333333333333333333333333333333333333339
SECTION 9
INTERNAL PLOTS MENU
9.1 INTRODUCTION
This section provides information for using the internal plots menu. Note that this menu is
not available if SCAN—CAD is selected as the LANGUAGE in the CONFIGURATION
menu (Paragraph 7.19).
9.2. MENU OPERATION
To access an internal plot:
1.
2.
Power on the plotter and load a chart.
Load the pen(s).
Press the MENU key until the INTERNAL PLOTS menu is displayed, then press
the ENTER key.
Press the left arrow or right arrow key to display the desired internal plot. Press the
ENTER key to perform the plot.
To exit this menu for another menu, press the MENU key until the desired menu is
displayed. To exit any menu and return to the online condition, press ONLINE. To load a
chart or reset the plotter, press the RESET/LOAD key.
INTERNAL PLOTS MENU
9-2
9.3. INTERNAL PLOTS
INTERNAL PLOTS MENU
MENU PLOT CONFIDENCE DIN PLOT FONT DEMO
The INTERNAL PLOTS menu is used to plot various resident plots provided for
informational purposes. The plotter need not be connected to the host computer to use these
resident plots.
A chart must be loaded prior to using the INTERNAL PLOTS menu for plotting.
Otherwise, the plotter displays a CHART NOT LOADED or TEST RUNNING message.
The various internal plots are described in the following paragraphs.
9.4 MENU PLOT
The MENU PLOT is a hard copy of the present plotter configuration (the items selected
while using the CONFIGURATION menus described in Section 7). The plot is organized
by menu categories to show the present values for the various USER SELECT
configurations (Section 5). Load an Engineering A-size or larger chart and pen 1 for this
plot. It is highly recommended that you perform a MENU PLOT whenever the plotter
configuration is altered. This plot should be kept with the plotter documentation to inform
other users of the present configurations. Figure 9-1 shows an example MENU PLOT.
Note that your menu plot may vary considerably from this example, depending upon your
selected configuration.
Cecceccccececceececececeececececcecececeeceeceece
3333333333333333233333333333333333333333333
INTERNAL PLOTS MENU
9-3
DMP162 1358001 1359001 1351001
CURRENT USER: 3
PARAMETER USER_1 USER_2 USER 3 USER_4
PEN 1 VELOCITY 600 MM/S 600 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 2 VELOCITY 600 MM/S 600 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 3 VELOCITY 600 MM/S 600 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 4 VELOCITY 600 MM/S 600 MW/S 16 IPS
PEN 5 VELOCITY 400 MM/S 600 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 6 VELOCITY 400 MM/S 600 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 7 VELOCITY 400 MM/S 400 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 8 VELOCITY 400 MM/S 400 MM/S 16 IPS
PEN 1 TIP SIZE .35MM .35MM 35MM
PEN 2 TIP SIZE .35MM .35MM 35MM
PEN 3 TIP SIZE .35MM .35MM 35MM
PEN 4 TIP SIZE .35MM .35MM 35MM
PEN 5 TIP SIZE .70MM .35MM 35MM
PEN 6 TIP SIZE .70MM .35MM 35MM
PEN 7 TIP SIZE .70MM .70MM 35MM
PEN 8 TIP SIZE .70MM .70MM 35MM
VEL OVERRIDE HOST CONTROL HOST CONTROL IGNORE HOST
PEN ACCEL 4.09 4.09 2.09
MEDIA VEL 600 MM/S 600 MM/S 16 IPS
OF PENS 8 8 6
PENS/GROUP 4 2 1
LANGUAGE HP=~GL HP-GL/2 DM/PL SCAN-CAD
OPTIMIZATION oN ON OFF
MENU UNITS ENGLISH
AUTO-CAPPING 6S 30 § 120 S
PEN PAUSE DISABLE DISABLE DISABLE
ORIENTATION NORMAL NORMAL NORMAL
ADDRESSING 001 INCH
TEXT FONT FO
TEXT SPACING PROP.
CHAR SET Go
OPEN FONTS FILLED
ZERO CHAR PLAIN SLASH PLAIN
BAUD RATE 9600 19200 38400
PARITY EVEN EVEN NONE
RTS/OTR HIGH HIGH TOGGLE
LINE STATUS STANDALONE STANDALONE
DM/PL ERRORS TCNORED
FIGURE 9-1. MENU PLOT
INTERNAL PLOTS MENU
9-4
9.5 CONFIDENCE PLOT
The CONFIDENCE plot performs an electrical and mechanical test of the plotter. It can be
used to verify that the plotter is operational. Figure 9-2 shows an example CONFIDENCE
plot. Any size chart can be used for this plot. Be sure to load pens 1 through 4 for this plot.
cececececcecececcceccececceceececcececcceeccc
333233333332333333333333333333333333333333)
INTERNAL PLOTS MENU
_. ______ DMP -168
Quality & Reliability
Accuracy: 1-401" of 9.2% of move
t/-8 2am or #.2% 0! Tove
Pepectapility: +/-8.¢82" (single pen)
+/-#.85im (single pen)
Resolution 4 anes
6.0127
High Soeea Smeeth Curva Generator
Series
increased 7hroughput
Velocity Up to: 45 ips
10) Tv sec
Acceeration = Up te 5.6 g
Plot Optimization: Pen ond vector sorting
Vactor “look-oheas”
Fxtensive Features
Aulomatc eight-pan changer
| Automatic medio cutter on rol teed mode:
32 character LCD ciepioy
| 512k stanaara bulfer [1M on DuP-1629)
| Software cemparipinty
DW/A. HPGL. one *POL/2
Choice ot pen & medio types
Pe CUB ING:
Indiviqual psn velocit'es
Reviot
Quick Scole
Nultipie fonts
Proportional & ren-propartional text spacing
Multipe character sets
Filled font & closed figure capapilty
Soe? @
Three Models
DMP-161 Cut Sheet Plotter
Ne me he soo ra
AO Arenitectural & Engineer ing
A¢-AY Stoncard DIN & Oversize DIN
W142 Cul Sreet Plotter
DUP-162R Roi! Feed Plotter
te rete sre oe ame
AE Architectural & Engineer ing
AG-AB Standard DIN & Oversize DIs
5. orx4?*. WBE DIN
Add-On Options
Optical scanner
1 25. of 4 -megapyte butfer
| —-___ HOUSTON INSTRUMENT
Rare A Summagraphics Company
pe Service. supplies. technical suppo-t; 1888-444 7425
FIGURE 9-2. CONFIDENCE PLOT
9-5
INTERNAL PLOTS MENU
9-6
9.6 DIN PLOT
The DIN PLOT also performs an electrical and mechanical test of the plotter. It is often used
to verify plot quality. Note that the time required to draw the single pen portion of the plot is
included as “PLOT TIME” so that you can see the effects that different pen down velocity
and acceleration combinations have on plot time. Figure 9-3 shows an example DIN PLOT.
It is important to note that this plot is always drawn at DIN A4 size, regardless of the actual
chart size installed. If a smaller chart is loaded, part of the outer box will be clipped (not
drawn). Be sure to load pens 1 through 4 for this plot. This plot is always drawn in the order
prescribed by the ISO DIN standard, regardless of the OPTIMIZATION configuration
menu setting.
ccececececcecceccecceccececcecececceceeccecececcec
33333333333 3333333333333333333333333333
333
INTERNAL PLOTS MENU
aN
Zo NS
“S<T || A COCO + xX
ABCDEF GHTJKLMNOPORS TUV
WXYZ
abcdefghijkimnopaqrstuvwxyz
0123456789
houston instrumen t DMP-160 SERIES PLOTTER
E: 6 ‘
velocity: 24 IPS accel: 2.09 LOT TI
FIGURE 9-3. DIN PLOT
9-7
INTERNAL PLOTS MENU
9-8
9.7 FONT DEMO PLOT
The FONT DEMO plot shows the various DM/PL character set characters (symbols) and
fonts (character styles) available for this plotter. See Figure 9-4. Be sure to load an
Engineering B-size or larger chart and pen 1 for this plot. Loading a smaller chart causes
the serif, sans serif, serif bold, and sans serif bold fonts to plot as single stroke.
Text Demonstration
Singre Stroke ABCDEF GMI IKi MNO? ve@nr2 oocdet gn: ;kIimnopagrstuvenry2z 123496°699
Pedstar (jes. Poe er 2@EN Ge 4dr fae ta dee-- §O0G88GR La'ceue” af ho «>i Bee HLA 4!
Serif- ABCDEPOHIIJELMNOPQESTUYVLYZ abcdefghijklmnopqrutavery:s 1234567890
Presmar(des,-. 455d POENT _ Cl) > ftw b pr -- SAGURGOB Ca gtae- ebAe so rOoas {Ree Ot
Sens Serit- AMCOEFGHIIKLUNOPOASTUVEXYZ abcdefghl jkimnoparstuvenxyz 1234667600
PTHRBA CDs er Cer TOENE Td ld” sel tepar-- SAOUROOR Ca chaa- ebAe eocoerese FAN 01
Serif Beld- ADCORFCHDICLUNOPQESTOTVITVZ adcdefghijkinasepqrotavexys 12345678980
ETOSHA CPSe cred POLAND Ct” sel repat-- ShOOneas Ca - cease” shat er seces {Aza On
Sane Sorlf Geld- AVCORFONIIKLENOPOASTUYEXY2 abodeolghijkiane
Preawar (des ,- sr sCervenrds_ tld” SUC separ-- SACOREEB Lace
atuvenys D294667800
othe eo secas phage ad
(so- ABCOEFGHIIKLANOPCPS uv ett? cocdet gn: skt@nopgrsturvny? 1236567690
TO OSRb fies ! Cesm@ryatl cine SUF roaue-- SEODO000 Co ceue- oF Ad C>eBe@e {ALA OF
Sore. ABCDEFGSRIPHLANS SIRSFUVWLYLZ ebodefphtijbimnoperrrevwsyr 1234667690
{"Os%L FJ. pc arret rf > Vile JE vadve- + SAB essB Lecesas- noha 6246 %e, I Rye oe
Kolakono- FIFE VIRIINC IVE ZG AEFI LLY PIVLIDEIA
eee Deore rs sr ITZARIIOI,” ©
Cyrillic- obuaeeezramcanwonesiayttovs ABUSE OT LMAKAMHONAPCIYE Bbw) 17234567890
(gost ibe: J Ct) 7eesaxcOu3n4
Creek- ABRPAEOCHI KAMNONM F2° 20° Lt? abebrcoancEcrduvoen oarBucrud 1234567690
'°ESRE Thee / CrP actA. ovae
ceccececceccceecccecececececece cece ccececec
3333333333333333333339333333333333333333332
SECTION 10
SERVICE MODE MENU
10.1 INTRODUCTION
This section provides information for using the SERVICE MODE menu.
It is important to note that the SERVICE MODE menu isa special set of procedures for use
as needed — this menu is NOT displayed or needed for normal operation of the plotter.
When in SERVICE MODE, the plotter is fully functional and operates as described
elsewhere in this manual.
When the SERVICE MENU is active, additional sub—menu items are available in the
CONFIGURATION menu (see Section 7).
10.2) MENU OPERATION
To access a SERVICE MODE test or plot:
1. Power the plotter off.
2s Power the plotter on. Put your fingers over the ONLINE and and RESET/LOAD
keys. The RAM SIZE is displayed during the memory test (this may take several
seconds, depending upon the size of the buffer). When the message changes and
the plotter beeps, simultaneously press and hold the ONLINE and
RESET/LOAD keys until the plotter beeps again (about two seconds).
Notice that an “S” is displayed in the upper right corner of the control panel
display at all times to indicate that the SERVICE MODE menu is available.
10-1
SERVICE MODE MENU
10-2
3. Load a chart and pen(s).
4. Press the MENU key until the SERVICE MODE menuis displayed, then press the
ENTER key.
5. Press the left arrow or right arrow key to display the desired plot or test routine.
Press the ENTER key to perform the selected item.
6. To cancel SERVICE MODE, power off the plotter.
To exit this menu for another menu, press the MENU key until the desired menu is
displayed. To exit any menu and return to the online condition, press ONLINE. To load a
chart or reset the plotter, press the RESET/LOAD key.
10.3. SERVICE MODE
SERVICE MODE
SERVICE PLOT PAPERSENSOR MP-80 INSTALL PEN-PEN TEST
PEN LIFT SETUP TRACKING TEST FRICTION PLOT RS232 TEST
DRAM TEST INSTALL MENU
The SERVICE MODE menu is used to access various resident test routines and plots for
service purposes. The plotter need not be connected to the host computer to use these
resident plots.
A chart must be loaded prior to using the SERVICE MODE menu plots. Otherwise, the
plotter goes to ONLINE mode and displays a SHEET NOT LOADED message.
The various internal service plots and tests are described in the following paragraphs.
ceeccetccecccecececccccecececctcccececcececece
3333333323333333333333333333333333333333333
SERVICE MODE MENU
10-3
10.4 SERVICE PLOT
The SERVICE PLOT provides you with information about the plotter, which is helpful
when requesting service for your plotter. The SERVICE PLOT is always plotted at the same
size. This test requires pen 1 in the pen changer. See Figure 10-1. Note that your plot will
vary from this example according to your model and configuration.
The plot shows the plotter model number, the revision numbers of the installed ROM (read
only memory) circuits, the selected baud rate, the resolution, and buffer (memory) size.
REV: (DMP162 1358001 1359001 1351001) 38400 BaUD ADDRESSING: .001 INCH
DM/PL BUFFER: 4080K
FIGURE 10-1. SERVICE PLOT
10.5 PAPER SENSOR
PAPER SENSOR
L ge0 B¥ ae 2S
The PAPER SENSOR menu is used to alter the sensitivity of the chart sensor to optimize
operation with a particular media. If the plotter has chart loading errors, adjust this menu for
a different value. Use the left arrow or right arrow key to select a new value, then press the
ENTER key. No chart or pens are required for this SERVICE MODE menu item.
SERVICE MODE MENU
10-4
10.6 MP-80 INSTALL
The MP-80 INSTALL routine tests the pen changer alignment, optical sensors, and pen
change capability. This test requires pens 1 through 8 in the pen changer.
When this test is selected, the plotter moves its pen holder in front of pen stall 1. If the pen
holder favors one side or the other of pen stall 1, loosen the two captive screws that secure
the pen changer to the plotter and adjust the pen changer slightly left or right, then tighten
the captive screws.
CAUTION
Testing of the optical sensors in the pen changer requires you to
manually move the arm assembly forward and backward. To prevent
permanent damage to the plotter or pen changer, grasp the pen changer
base with one hand and push or pull the arm assembly with the other
hand.
The plotter displays the | | MANUALLY MOVE prompt when it is ready to test the
optical sensors in the pen changer.
1. Remove the pens from the pen changer.
2: Manually slide the pen changer arm forward until CHANGER OUT is displayed
onthe contro] panel. This indicates that the unit’s rear sensor is uncovered and the
front sensor is covered.
3. Manually push the pen changer arm backward until it is centered between full out
and full in. The control panel displays PARTIALLY IN. This indicates that both
the front and rear sensors are uncovered.
4. Manually slide the pen changer arm backward until CHANGER IN is displayed
on the control panel. This indicates that the front sensor is uncovered and the rear
sensor is covered.
Ceccececececececeeecececececeeceececececeececc
3333333333333333333333933333333333333333333
SERVICE MODE MENU
10-5
§. Manually slide the pen changer arm forward until CHANGER OUT is displayed
on the control panel.
6. Install pens in the pen changer, then press the ENTER key. The plotter then cycles
through eight pen changes to test the pen changer. If the plotter is configured for
less than eight pens, the pen changes are mapped as explained in Paragraph 7.17.
If you received the correct displays during this test, the optical sensors in the pen changer
are operating correctly. If the pens cycled correctly, the pen changer is operational.
10.7 PEN-PEN TEST
The PEN—PEN TEST routine tests the pen changing capability and pen—to—pen plotting
repeatability of the pen changer. The PEN—PEN TEST is always plotted at the same size.
This test requires pens 1 through 8 in the pen changer. The following steps explain how to
use this test.
1. Load any size chart. Load eight pens in the pen changer.
2, At the PEN~PEN TEST menu, press the ENTER key to start the test. The pen
changer cycles through all eight pens and draws a cross with each pen as shownin
Figure 10-2.
3. The test automatically stops upon completion.
FIGURE 10-2. PEN-PEN TEST
SERVICE MODE MENU
10-6
10.8 PEN LIFT SETUP
The PEN LIFT SETUP test is used by Houston Instrument Service Personnel when making
pen lift adjustments to the plotter. This test is not used for normal operation.
Load any size chart and pen | prior to starting this test. Press the ENTER key when PEN
LIFT SETUP is displayed. The pen holder is lowered by pressing the down arrow key and
raised by pressing the up arrow key. The auto—up time is inhibited during this routine,
therefore the pen remains in the down position until it is toggled to the up position. The pen
holder is moved left and right with the left arrow and right arrow keys. To exit this routine,
press the ENTER key.
10.9 TRACKING TEST
The TRACKING TEST verities proper chart tracking for plotting. The TRACKING plot is
automatically scaled to fit the presently installed chart size. This test requires pen 1 in the
pen changer. The following steps explain how to use this test.
1. Load a chart and pen 1.
2. At the TRACKING TEST menu, press the ENTER key to start the test. The test
draws a border (Figure 10-3); over—plots the four corners of the border; draws a
cross in the lower right area of the chart; draws across in the upper left area of the
chart; draws a series of down vectors one-fifth the length of the chart in the X
direction and 0.1 inch (2.54 mm) in width in the Y direction; and then over-plots
the two crosses in the lower right and upper left areas of the chart.
3, The test automatically stops upon completion. Proper alignment of the
over—plotted areas verifies plotter tracking.
ceececececececcceccececceeccceccecececececceccece ce cece
10-7
SERVICE MODE MENU
FIGURE 10-3. TRACKING TEST
CCECCEKCKCCECECECCCCELCECCCECCCECECCECECCKECECECEE
SERVICE MODE MENU
10-8
10.10 FRICTION PLOT
The FRICTION PLOT routine is used by Houston Instrument Service Personnel when
diagnosing possible problems with the plotter. The FRICTION PLOT is automatically
scaled to fit the presently installed chart size. This test requires pen 1 in the pen changer.
This test is not used for normal operation.
Load a pen and the largest chart size for the plotter (Oversize DIN A1 for the DMP-161,
Architectural E for the DMP-162 or DMP-162R). To start this test, press the ENTER key
when FRICTION PLOT is displayed. The plotter then draws a line and a friction map in
each axis. See Figure 10-4.
COCECCECCCECcCceccecccccerccececcecceecceeccecec
10-9
SERVICE MODE MENU
FIGURE 10-4. FRICTION PLOT
CECCECKCCCECECECEECCECKCECCCECCCKCECCEECKCKCECEECEE
SERVICE MODE MENU
10-10
10.11 RS232 TEST
The RS232 TEST routine verifies that the plotter’s RS-232-C serial communications
(transmit data, receive data, and hardware handshaking) circuits are functioning properly.
This test does not require that a chart or pens be loaded.
1.
Disconnect the data cable from the plotter bottom panel RS—232-C data
connector.
Connect plotter data connector pin 2 to pin 3, and connect plotter data connector
pin 4 to pin 5. This can be done by making a loopback test cable as shown in Figure
1055.
Press the ENTER key at the RS232 TEST display to start the test. The plotter
transmits and receives data at each available baud rate and parity setting. The
length of each transmission varies because of the different baud rates. It then
checks the hardware handshake lines.
Upon completion of the test, remove the loopback test cable from the plotter
bottom panel RS—232-C connector. Connect the data cable to the plotter data
connector.
DB-25S
CONNECTOR
To
PLOTTER
NOTES:
1. Unlisted pins are not connected.
FIGURE 10-5. LOOPBACK CABLE
Ccecececcccccceccececetcceccecccececcececcececcee
3333393333933 IF33II3I1I3393I39333333333333333333333
SERVICE MODE MENU
If an error is detected, the plotter displays one of the error messages listed below.
TRANSMIT ERROR. This indicates that data is received, but does not match
the data transmitted. This implies that the line drivers are functioning properly,
but excessive noise is occurring on the RS—232-C line. Service is therefore
required.
RECEIVE ERROR. This indicates that data is not being received by the logic
board microprocessor. This error occurs if pins 2 and 3 are not jumpered or if there
is a general UART (Universal Asynchronous Receiver/Transmitter) failure
requiring service.
HANDSHAKE ERROR. This error occurs if the plotter cannot toggle the
hardware handshake lines (RTS and DTR). If pins 4 and 5 are properly jumpered,
then the UART and/or the line drivers require service.
COMMUNICATIONS ERROR. This indicates that a parity, framing, or
overrun error has occurred. These errors are usually caused by a UART failure
requiring service.
10.12 DRAM TEST
The DRAM TEST checks the logic board’s DRAM (dynamic random access memory)
circuits. Use this test if you suspect a memory error or to verify installation of additional
memory in the plotter. This test does not require that a chart or pens be loaded.
To start this test, press the ENTER key when DRAM TEST is displayed. The plotter shows
the memory areas under test on the top line of the display. Note that this test may take
several minutes, depending upon the amount of memory. Upon successful completion, the
plotter displays RAM ERRORS 00000000. If any other number is displayed, record the
number and have the plotter serviced.
Power the plotter off, then on, after this test.
10-11
SERVICE MODE MENU
10-12
10.13 INSTALL MENU
The INSTALL MENU routine restores the menu settings in ali four USER SELECT menus
(Section 5) to the factory—selected values. This test does not require that a chart or pens be
loaded. These values are as listed in Table 10-1.
TABLE 10-1. INSTALL MENU SETTINGS
MENU ITEM VALUE (FOR ALL USERS)
User number 1
Clip Default
Scale Default
Viewport Default
Pen velocity 24 ips (600 mm/s)
Pen tip size 0.35 mm
Velocity override Host control
Pen acceleration 4g
Media velocity (DMP-161) 32 ips (800 mm/s)
Media velocity (DMP-162 & DMP-162R) 24 ips (600 mm/s)
Media acceleration (DMP-161) 4g
Media acceleration (DMP-162 & DMP-162R) 4g
Carriage velocity 32 ips (800 mm/s)
Carriage acceleration 4g
Up delay 30 msec
Down delay (DMP-161) 50 msec
Down delay (DMP-162 & DMP-162R) 70 msec
Number of pens 8
Cecececccceccccececccececcececececcecceecececcce
33333333733 33333333333333333333333333333333
SERVICE MODE MENU
10-13
TABLE 10-1. INSTALL MENU SETTINGS
MENU ITEM
Pens/group
Language
Optimization
Menu units *
Auto capping
Chart feed ***
Load delay ***
Cut delay (SERVICE MODE)***
Pen pause
Orientation
Addressing *
Text font *
Text spacing *
Character set *
Open fonts *
Zero character
Baud rate
Parity
RTS/DTR
DM/PL errors *
Line status **
NOTES:
* DM/PL only.
** HP-GL or HP-GL/2 only.
*** DMP-162R only.
(Continued)
VALUE (FOR ALL USERS)
1
DM/PL
on
English
120 seconds
full roll
0 minutes
3 seconds
disable
normal
0.001 inch
FO
proportional
GO
filled
plain
9600 baud
even
high
ignored
standalone
"
“
"
”"
Lae.)
Lie)
"
i]
Lia)
a]
i]
Lie)
r)
"
”
ri)
i)
a]
a]
Li)
”
)
a)
7
“
(.)
Ls]
i]
7
ry
(i)
a |
Li)
Li)
2.)
Le: |
a.)
(uz |}
la,
Lae)
a]
SECTION 11
MAINTENANCE
11.1 INTRODUCTION
This section provides operator maintenance information for the plotter. This includes
cleaning, voltage conversion, troubleshooting, pen changer, and service information.
11.2 CLEANING
The following paragraphs describe general cleaning, ink stains, chart sensor, and drum
cleaning considerations.
11.2.1 General Cleaning
The plotter has several sliding surfaces. These are made of smooth metals and plastics so
that they are essentially friction—-free and require no lubricants. These may, however,
collect dust and lint which may adversely affect the performance of the plotter. Keep the
plotter as clean as possible by using a dust cover. When necessary, clean the unit with a soft
lint-free cloth slightly dampened with isopropyl alcohol or mild detergent. DO NOT use
abrasives.
11.2.2. Ink Stains
For inkon plotter surfaces, use a clean cloth slightly dampened ina concentrated solution of
soap and water. Squeeze out excess water and then scrub the affected surface. Be sure that
no water drips into the plotter since this may cause electrical shorting of the internal
components. DO NOT use any aerosol cleaners, such as TV contact cleaner, household
wall cleaners, or anything containing a solvent since these may damage certain
components.
The pen changer pen stable pads can be cleaned using a lint-free cloth dampened with
isopropyl alcohol.
11-1
MAINTENANCE
11-2
11.2.3 Chart Sensor
For the optical chart sensor, improper chart sensing may result if dirt, dust, or other debris
should collect in the chart sensor hole. It is located on the top right side of the rear platen as
shown in Figure 11-1. When necessary, use compressed air or a small soft brush to clear
debris from the hole above the sensor.
CHART
SENSOR
FIGURE 11-1. CHART SENSOR
ccecececcecececcceecececceeccceecececce cece cce
3333333333333 3333333333333333333333333333)
MAINTENANCE
11.2.4 Drum
The friction area of the drum can become clogged with accumulated residue from chart
material. This can cause slippage of the chart between the drum and the pinch rollers,
resulting in inaccurate plots (tracking errors). The following steps explain how to clean the
drum when necessary. Note that the special cleaning strips (part number DMP40—303) are
available from your Houston Instrument product dealer or directly from Houston
Instrument by calling toll free 1-800-776-9989 (512-873-1395).
1. Power on the plotter and remove the chart.
2. Press the ONLINE key.
3. Remove the protective liner from the cleaning strip.
4. Open the right pinch roller arm.
5. Place the cleaning strip between the pinch roller and the drum, with the tacky side
of the cleaning strip toward the drum as shown in Figure 11-2. Close the right
pinch roller arm.
6. Using the up arrow and down arrow keys, slew the cleaning strip back and forth
several times until all residue is removed from the drum.
Us Open the right pinch roller arm and remove the cleaning strip.
8. Repeat Steps 5 through 7 for the left pinch roller at each chart size setting.
9. Remove the strip. Press the ONLINE key.
10. Residue can be removed from the cleaning strip by washing it in cold water.
Thoroughly dry the cleaning strip and replace it in its protective lining.
li-4
MAINTENANCE
CLEANING STRIP PINCH ROLLER
TACKY SIDE ON BOTTOM
FIGURE 1-2. DRUM CLEANING
11.3 VOLTAGE CONVERSION
The plotter can operate on either 100, 120, 220, or 240 Vac line voltage. See Table 11—1 for
the minimum and maximum operating ranges for these voltage ratings. The following
paragraphs explain how to change the voltage setting and the fuse on the power entry
module located on the bottom of the plotter.
CAUTION
The plotter MUST be set to the correct voltage before powering on.
Otherwise, damage to the equipment may occur.
Ccecececcecetcecceeccecceccecceeccetcecceccecceecec
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
MAINTENANCE
11-5
TABLE 1i-1. POWER REQUIREMENTS
NOMINAL LINE
100 Vac * 89 to 108 Vac 1 Amp Slo—Blo
120 Vac * 108 to 130 Vac 1 Amp Slo—Blo
220 Vac * 197 to 228 Vac 0.5 Amp Slo—Blo
240 Vac * 216 to 260 Vac 0.5 Amp Slo—Blo
NOTES:
* 48 to 62 Hz, single-phase, 100 VA maximum.
The power entry module cover shows four possible voltage settings
(1O0V, 120V, 220V, or 240V). Notice that a pin will be in one of these
holes, indicating the present voltage setting for the plotter. If this setting
does not match the voltage available at your site, then it MUST be
changed before powering on the plotter. Figure 11-3 shows an example
setting for 120 Vac operation.
120 VOLT
SETTING
FIGURE 11-3. EXAMPLE 120 VOLT SETTING
MAINTENANCE
11-6
Follow the steps below to change a fuse or convert the operating voltage.
1.
2.
Set the plotter power switch off (0).
Unplug the power cord from the ac wall outlet and from the power cord receptacle
on the power entry module. See Figure 11-4.
Using a small flat blade screwdriver or similar tool inserted into the slot at the left
edge of the cover, carefully pry the cover off the fuse cavity.
To change the voltage setting, grasp the white plastic voltage select board pin and
pull straight outward until the voltage select board unseats from the power entry
module. Hold the board so that you can read the four voltage selection labels (100,
120, 220, and 240) imprinted on the board. Move the voltage indicator pin to the
opposite side of the board from the desired voltage label. Be sure to seat the pin in
the notch provided on the board’s edge. Install the voltage select board so that it is
fully seated in the voltage select cavity (the label side toward the fuse cavity).
To change the fuse(s), remove the fuse(s) from the fuse carrier on the back of the
cover. For 100 or 120 Vac operation, the fuse rating is 1 Amp, Slo—Blo. For 220 or
240 Vac operation, the fuse rating is 0.5 Amp, Slo—Blo. Be sure to use the correct
rating for your voltage selection. For installation, insert the fuse(s) of the proper
rating into the fuse carrier.
To change the fuse arrangement to match that used in your country, remove the
screw from the fuse carrier, remove the fuse carrier, turn the fuse carrier so that the
desired fuse arrangement (single fuse or dual fuses) is facing outward, install the
fuse carrier, and install the screw.
For United States type power operation, use a single standard AGC or 3AG
0.25x1.25-inch fuse of the correct rating.
For European type power operation, use two standard 5.2x20 mm fuses of the
correct rating. For European use, it is important to note that if your local electrical
code does not allow a dual fuse arrangement, then a dummy fuse must be installed
in the lower fuse carrier. Otherwise, the plotter will not operate.
cececceeccecceccceccceeececcececcececcecececcec
9929339333233 333333333333333333333333333333333
MAINTENANCE
11-7
te Place the cover on the power entry module and press inward until it snaps into
place. Verify that the desired operating voltage is indicated with the voltage select
board pin on the cover label.
8. Connect the power cord to the power entry module and wall outlet. The plotter is
now ready for operation on the selected ac line voltage.
PRY HERE TO FUSE VOLTAGE
REMOVE COVER CAVITY SELECT CAVITY VOLTAGE
SELECT
PIN
POWER CORD
RECEPTACLE =
DUAL FUSES
CARRIER
FIGURE 11-4. POWER ENTRY MODULE
MAINTENANCE
11-8
1.4 PEN CHANGER
The MP-80 pen changer is installed as described in Paragraph 1.3.1 and normally needs no
adjustments. The following paragraphs describe customer adjustments and maintenance
that can be performed as needed.
11.4.1 Pen Changer Adjustment
If there are “pen crashes” into the pen changer, then perform the MP-80 INSTALL test
described in Paragraph 10.6. Adjusting the horizontal position of the pen changer usually
corrects this. If the problem persists, then perform the following vertical adjustment.
1. Place the pen changer arm in the down position.
2 Set the plotter power switch to ON (1).
3. Loosen the four pen stable adjustment screws (see Figure 11-5).
ADJUSTMENT
SCREWS
ADJUSTMENT BAR
OR SHIM SET
FIGURE 11-5. PEN CHANGER ADJUSTMENT
cceecececccececccetccceccececeercceeccececceece
339332333333 333393333333333333333333333333333
MAINTENANCE
The pen changer is supplied with either a one-piece height adjustment bar or a
two-piece shim set. For the adjustment bar, place it centered under the pen stable.
For the shim set, place one under each end of the pen stable.
Adjust the pen stable so that it rests evenly on the adjustment bar or shim set.
Tighten the four pen stable adjustment screws.
Raise the pen changer arm. Remove the adjustment bar or shim set. Lower the pen
changer arm.
Double-check the height adjustment by placing the adjustment bar or shim set
under the pen stable again. The pen stable is properly adjusted if it is no higher
than 1/32 inch (0.8 mm) above the adjustment bar or shim set. Remove the
adjustment bar or shim set.
Perform the MP-80 INSTALL and PEN—-PEN TEST described in Paragraphs
10.6 and 10.7 to verify pen changer operation.
11.4.2 Pen Changer Pad Replacement
Loose or damaged pen stall pads can be replaced as described in the following steps.
1.
Remove and discard the used pad from the bottom of the pen stall. Clean the pad
area using a soft lint-free cloth dampened with isopropyl alcohol.
Remove the backing from the new pad (part number 384-1024). DO NOT touch
the adhesive. These pads are available from your Houston Instrument product
dealer, or direct from Houston Instrument by calling toll free at 1-800-776-9989
(512-873-1395).
Place the new pad, adhesive side down, into the pad area in the bottom of the pen
stall.
Firmly press the pad with your finger to seat it. Allow a minimum of 24 hours for
the adhesive to set before using the pen stall.
11-9
MAINTENANCE
11-10
11.5 TROUBLESHOOTING
The troubleshooting procedures are listed by categories: general, plot quality,
communications, scrolling errors, fixed errors, and HP-GL or HP-GL/2 errors. These are,
in turn, organized as a listing of symptoms. Corrective actions are listed in the order of most
likely first. Therefore, if a problem has more than one possible solution, perform them one
at a time in the order given until the fault is corrected.
Please keep in mind that these descriptions cannot cover EVERY possible failure that the
unit might have. These procedures do take into consideration the MOST LIKELY failure
mode of the major components.
GENERAL:
PLOTTER FAILS TO POWER ON
Check the ac power source at the power outlet. Check the power cord. Check the fuse.
Check the plotter power entry module voltage setting. Have the unit serviced.
CHART EJECTS DURING LOAD
Ensure that both pinch rollers are down. Clean the chart sensor (Paragraph 11.2.3). Have
the unit serviced.
Y-AXIS ERROR
Remove any obstruction preventing the pen holder from moving. Have the unit serviced.
X-AXIS ERROR
Remove any obstruction preventing the drum from turning. Have the unit serviced.
CHART SKEWS LEFT OR RIGHT
Ensure that both pinch rollers are down. Clean the drum (Paragraph 11.2.4). Have the unit
serviced.
Cceecececcececeeccececeecececececececececece cee
FPISISIFIITDIZIZIZIZIIFIZVHIIHIIIIIIZIIIIIAI3I31IIG39
MAINTENANCE
PEN CHANGER FAILURE
Remove any obstruction preventing the pen changer from moving. Align and test the pen
holder and pen changer (Paragraphs 10.6, 10.7, and 11.4). Have the unit serviced.
LCD IS UNREADABLE
If the display is set to an unreadable level and the plotter is otherwise operational, power the
plotter off then on. After the power-up sequence is complete, press the MENU key two
times to enter the LCD CONTRAST menu. Now use the up arrow or down arrow key to set
an acceptable contrast.
PLOT QUALITY:
PLOT IS TOO LARGE
Check the plotting software configuration. Set QUICK SCALE menu larger (Paragraph
8.4). Set the ADDRESSING menu to 0.001 inch or 0.025 mm (Paragraph 7.25).
PLOT IS TOO SMALL
Check the plotting software configuration. Set QUICK SCALE menu smaller (Paragraph
8.4). Set the ADDRESSING menu to 0.005 inch or 0.1 mm (Paragraph 7.25).
PEN SKIPS
Check the chart and pen type compatibility (Paragraph 4.5). Set the VEL OVERRIDE
menu to IGNORE HOST (Paragraph 7.6) and set the PEN VELOCITY menu slower
(Paragraph 7.4). Set the DOWN DELAY menu longer (Paragraph 7.13). Have the unit
serviced.
SHORT STRAY LINES ON PLOT
Check that media is flat, without wrinkles, creases or curls. Check height of pen tip when in
up position (Paragraph 10.8). Set the UP DELAY menu longer (Paragraph 7.12). Set VEL
OVERRIDE menu to IGNORE HOST (Paragraph 7.6). Have the unit serviced.
11-1
MAINTENANCE
11-12
INK BLEEDS ON CHART
Use smallest acceptable pen tip size. Check media and pen compatibility (Paragraph 4.5). If
bleeding is only at beginning of lines, shorten DOWN DELAY menu (Paragraph 7.13). If
bleeding is only at end of some lines, shorten AUTO-CAPPING menu (Paragraph 7.22).
Have the unit serviced.
STRAY LINES OR SPIKES ON PLOT
Check the plotting software configuration. Check the RTS/DTR menu (Paragraph 7.33).
Check the data cable. Check the PARITY menu (Paragraph 7.32). For HP-GL or HP-GL/2,
check the LINE STATUS menu (Paragraph 7.34). Have the unit serviced.
COMMUNICATIONS:
PLOT FAILS TO START
Check that plotter is online. Check the plotting software configuration. Check the data
cable. Check the LANGUAGE menu (Paragraph 7.19). Check the BAUD RATE menu
(Paragraph 7.31). Have the unit serviced.
PLOT STARTS THEN STOPS
It is typical for a plot to periodically stop and start when a clip window is set (Paragraph
8.5). Check the plotting software configuration. Set the PEN PAUSE menu to DISABLE
(Paragraph 7.23). Check the data cable. Check the RTS/DTR menu (Paragraph 7.33).
Check the PARITY menu (Paragraph 7.32). Have the unit serviced.
DM/PL ERRORS REPORTED
Check the plotting software configuration. Check the plot code. Check the data cable.
Check the BAUD RATE menu (Paragraph 7.31). Check the PARITY menu (Paragraph
7.32). Check the RTS/DTR menu (Paragraph 7.33). Have the unit serviced.
CECEECCCOCCCCCEECKCCCKCECECECECCEC ECE CECECECEE
333333333333333333333333233333333333333333)
MAINTENANCE
11-13
SCROLLING ERRORS:
Following is a listing of the various scrolling error messages. If service is required for your
plotter, contact the Houston Instrument Service Department. For other problems or
questions, contact the Houston Instrument Technical Support Department. The toll free
telephone number for both is 1-800-444-3425.
UNKNOWN INTERNAL ERROR
TURN POWER OFF
The plotter issues this error when it encounters unintelligible commands. This is usually
caused by errors in the plot code sent to the plotter, not by the plotter itself. Check the
plotting software configuration and send the plot code again. If the problem persists,
contact the Technical Support Department.
ERROR IN X AXIS POSITION
TURN POWER OFF
The servo routine issues this error when the chart fails to achieve the required position. This
is usually caused by a jammed chart or unusually high friction. Using unapproved
(non—Houston Instrument) chart supplies may cause this problem. It may also be caused by
internal software errors or electrical problems. Reload the chart and try again. If the
problem persists, service is required.
ERROR IN Y AXIS POSITION
TURN POWER OFF
The servo routine issues this error when the pen fails to achieve the required position. This
is usually caused by pen carriage collisions or unusually high friction. It may also be caused
by internal software errors or electrical problems. Clean the pen carriage and pen bars. With
the power off, verify that the pen carriage moves freely. If the problem persists, service is
required.
MAINTENANCE
11-14
LOW LINE VOLTAGE
TURN POWER OFF
The line voltage monitor issues this error when the line voltage is too low for safe operation
of the plotter. Verify that the plotter is set for the correct operating voltage and that the line
voltage range at your site is correct. See Paragraph 11.3. If the problem persists, service is
required.
HIGH LINE VOLTAGE
TURN POWER OFF
The line voltage monitor issues this error when the line voltage is too high for safe operation
of the plotter. Verify that the plotter is set for the correct operating voltage and that the line
voltage range at your site is correct. See Paragraph 11.3. If the problem persists, service is
required.
ILLEGAL PLOT COMMAND
1=RETRY 2=ABORT
The command decoding routines issue this error when illegal commands are encountered in
the input data, but the plot could still continue successfully. Select RETRY to ignore the
illegal command and attempt to continue the plot or select ABORT to abort the plot. Note
that this error will not be seen unless DM/PL ERRORS is set to REPORTED in the
CONFIGURATION menu.
ILLEGAL PLOT COMMAND
1=CONTINUE
The command decoding routines issue this error when illegal commands are encountered in
the input data, and the errors are severe enough that the plot could not continue successfully.
This error automatically aborts the plot and returns to ONLINE after CONTINUE is
selected. Note that this error will not be seen and the plot will not be aborted unless DM/PL
ERRORS is set to REPORTED in the CONFIGURATION menu.
cecececcecececccceececeecececcececececceceeeceece
MAINTENANCE
11-15
ILLEGAL CLIP & SCALE SETTINGS
1=CONTINUE
The clip and scale calculation routine issues this error when an invalid set of clip and scale
comers has been entered in the CLIP & SCALE menu. The clip and scale corners are set to
default values when CONTINUE is selected. Any change to the CLIP & SCALE menu
settings during a plot will abort the plot. Repeat the clip and scale procedures using legal
settings.
SYSTEM NVRAM CHECKSUM FAILURE
1=CONTINUE
The power-up initialization routine issues this error when an invalid checksum is found for
the system NVRAM (non-volatile random access memory) data. The system variables are
set to default values after CONTINUE is selected. When plotting with default system
values, the plotter is not calibrated, so accuracy specifications are invalid until the plotter is
serviced. Note that the system NVRAM is not updated, so this error will happen on each
power-up until the plotter is serviced.
CUTTER MOTOR OVERCURRENT
TURN POWER OFF
This error will occur if the automatic cutter on the DMP-162R is obstructed. If the problem
persists, service is required.
CUTTER TIMEOUT
TURN POWER OFF
This error occurs if the automatic cutter on the DMP-162R fails to complete an operation. If
the problem persists, service is required.
USER MENUS HAVE BEEN DEFAULTED DUE TO ROM CHANGE
1=CONTINUE
The power-up initialization routine issues this error when it detects that the user NVRAM
(non-volatile random access memory) data is incorrect for the ROM (read only memory)
revision installed. All four sets of user menu variables are set to default values and the user
NVRAM is updated. The power-up initialization will continue after CONTINUE is
a)
a}
a
a
Li )
Las)
La)
Lite)
“”
“*
Lie |
Li]
Le]
si ]
r.)
r
is]
(a }
Cs]
La]
"
i]
“-
”
lie)
a)
i
a)
ta]
"
Lis)
|
iz.)
es]
Lae)
ri.)
r)
ae]
io)
La]
MAINTENANCE
11-16
selected. Only ROM revision changes in which the content of the user menus has changed
will cause this error. Note that this error only occurs the first time the plotter is powered on
following such a ROM change.
USER NVRAM CHECKSUM FAILURE
1=CONTINUE
The power-up initialization routine issues this error when an invalid checksum is found for
the present user menu data. The user menu variables are set to default values after
CONTINUE is selected. Note that the user NVRAM (non-volatile random access
memory) is not updated, so this error will happen on each power-up until the problem is
corrected inthe CONFIGURATION menu by changing any value and pressing the ENTER
key. Also, note that each of the four users menus has its own checksum, so a failure in one
user menu does not affect the other user menus. If the problem persists, service is required.
SYSTEM NVRAM WOULD NOT ACCEPT VALUE WRITTEN TO IT
1=CONTINUE
The NVRAM (non-volatile random access memory) write routine issues this error when it
fails to read back the value it has just written to a system NVRAM register. No special
action is taken when CONTINUE is selected, and this failure will very likely result in
checksum errors later. The NVRAM and its driving circuits may require service.
USER NVRAM WOULD NOT ACCEPT VALUE WRITTEN TO IT
1=CONTINUE
The NVRAM (non-volatile random access memory) write routine issues this error when it
fails to read back the value it has just written to a user NVRAM register. No special action is
taken when CONTINUE is selected, and this failure will very likely result in checksum
errors later. The NVRAM and its driving circuits may require service.
SHEET EXCEEDS MAXIMUM LENGTH ALLOWED;
MAXIMUM LENGTH CAN BE USED
1=ACCEPT 2=ABORT
The load routine issues this error when an oversize sheet length exceeds 240 inches (6096
mm). Select ACCEPT to use the 240 inches (6096 mm) length, or select ABORT to abort
the load. If the load is aborted, the plotter goes to SHEET NOT LOADED.
cececcecceecceccececcececcecececcececcecceceec
33333333133 33333332333339333333333333333333333
MAINTENANCE
PAPER OUT INDICATED BY SENSOR
1=CONTINUE
The chart sensor monitor issues this error when the sensor indicates that it is uncovered
when it should be covered or vice versa. This error automatically aborts any plot in
progress, and the plotter goes to SHEET NOT LOADED or ROLL NOT LOADED after
CONTINUE is selected. Clean the chart sensor as described in Paragraph 11.2.3. Check the
PAPER SENSOR menu setting (typical value is 3) in the SERVICE MODE menu. If the
problem persists, service is required.
PEN CHANGER POSITION CHANGED; RESTORE ORIGINAL POSITION
TO RETRY OR MOVE ALL PENS INTO CHANGER TO ABORT
1=RETRY 2=ABORT
The pen changer monitor issues this error when the up or down position of the pen changer
arm is altered. Restore the original position and select RETRY, or select ABORT to abort
the plot and accept the new position. Note that the pen changer monitor is not active during
OFFLINE, RESET/LOAD, or MENU modes, so if the position is changed during these
modes the error is not reported until the plotter returns to ONLINE.
PEN CHANGER FAILURE; MOVE ALL PENS INTO CHANGER
1=RETRY 2=ABORT
The pen changer routine issues this error when the pen changer mechanism fails to reach
one of the sensor positions in the allocated time or when the current monitor detects that the
pen changer motoris drawing too much power. This error is usually caused by a pen—to—pen
crash or some other obstruction to the pen changer stroke. However, sensor failure, current
monitor failure, or poor pen changer alignment could also cause this error. Select RETRY
to try the pen changer operation again, or select ABORT to abort the plot. Note that the pens
must be manually moved into the changer BEFORE either is selected.
11-17
MAINTENANCE
11-18
PEN CHANGER FAILURE; COULD NOT MOVE CHANGER OUT
TURN POWER OFF
The pen changer routine issues this error when the pen changer mechanism fails to reach
one of the sensor positions in the allocated time or when the current monitor detects that the
pen changer motor is drawing too much power. This error could be caused by mechanical
binding in the pen changer, sensor failure, current monitor failure, broken or worn drive
belts in the pen changer. This error usually indicates that the pen changer and/or plotter
tequire service.
PEN CHANGER REPEATEDLY FAILED, CLEAR OBSTRUCTIONS
AND CHECK ALIGNMENT
TURN POWER OFF
The pen changer routine issues this error when the changer has failed more than five
consecutive attempts to change the pen. This indicates that the pen changer has an electrical
or mechanical problem or that the pen changer is not aligned properly. Pen changer
alignment is described in Paragraphs 10.6 and 11.4.1. If the problem persists, service is
required
RS232 DATA ERROR DETECTED
1=RETRY 2=ABORT
The RS—232-C communications receiver routine issues this error when an invalid
character is received or an input data buffer has overflowed. This is usually caused by baud
rate, parity, or handshaking settings in the menu which do not match the settings of the
computer. It may also be caused by incorrect wiring of the RS—232-C data cable. Select
RETRY to ignore the error condition and attempt to continue the plot, or select ABORT to
abort the plot. Note that this error will not be seen unless DM/PL ERRORS is set to
REPORTED in the CONFIGURATION menu.
cceecececccccececececceccececececceecceecce ce cece
3333333333333 333333333333333333333333333933
MAINTENANCE
INTERNAL SOFTWARE ERROR — <origin>, [details]
1=CONTINUE
An internal software error has been detected which will cause the plot to be aborted. The
<origin> identifies the software routine in which the error was detected. The [details] are
optional short descriptions which identify the specific error trap. This type of error is not
expected to occur in release products. If this error does occur, please report the origin and
details to the Houston Instrument Service Department or Technical Support Department
(toll free telephone at 1-800-444-3425). Also, the sequence of operations and/or plot code
is useful for tracking down the internal error.
FIXED ERRORS
The following errors are fatal. For most of these, the plotter cannot operate until the cause of
the error is removed. Note that the displayed message may be slightly garbled due to the
severity of the error. If service is required for your plotter, contact the Houston Instrument
Service Department. For other problems or questions, contact the Houston Instrument
Technical Support Department. The toll free telephone number for both is 1-800-444-3425.
ROM CHECKSUM
ERROR
The power-up initialization routine issues this error when an invalid checksum is found for
the ROM (read only memory) data. This usually indicates that the ROMs should be
replaced, but other problems with the logic board circuitry could cause this error. If the
problem persists, service is required.
RAM ERROR
XXKXXKXK
The power-up initialization routine issues this error when it fails to read back the values
that were written to the RAM (random access memory) registers during the RAM test. The
RAM device which failed is identified by the displayed digits. If the problem persists,
service is required.
11-19
MAINTENANCE
11-20
INTERNAL ERROR
NEC COMM FAILURE
The 68000 microprocessor to NEC controller startup routine issues this error when the
68000 microprocessor and NEC controller do not have perfect (error—tfree)
communication. This is usually caused by electrical problems on the bus between the two
devices, but may also be caused by a bad NEC controller. If the problem persists, service is
required.
INTERNAL ERROR
68000 TRAP
The 68000 microprocessor experienced an internally generated error. This is usually
caused by software errors, but can also be caused by an error on the 68000 microprocessor
bus. Unlike other fixed errors, the plotter can usually be restored to operating condition by
cycling the power off and on. If the problem continues with the same plot code, check the
plotting software configuration. If the problem persists, then contact the Technical Support
Department (1-800-444-3425).
HP-GL OR HP-GL/2 ERRORS
The error numbers listed in Table 11—2 are possible when HP-GL or HP-GL/2 is the active
plotting language. The LCD message is “SYNTAX ERROR nn” for command syntax
errors, or “DEVICE ERROR nn” for other errors, where “nn” is an error number listed in
the table. These error numbers can also be retrieved by the plotting software using the
HP-GL or HP-GL/2 Output Extended Error ESC.E or Output Error OE command.
Note that error numbers 1 through 14 and 18 result from problems in the plot code sent to the
plotter. Check the plotting software configuration and verify the selected plotter type. Error
numbers 15 through 17 indicate communications problems between the plotter and host
computer. Check the data cable. Verify that the plotter and plotting software
communications parameters are the same. If the problem persists, service may be required.
ceececececetececececcececcecececeeceecececeeceece
33333333333333333333333333333333333333333)
MAINTENANCE
11-21
TABLE 11-2. HP-GL OR HP-GL/2 ERRORS
SYNTAX ERRORS:
ERROR
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
No error. (Not reported on display.)
Instruction not recognized.
Wrong number of parameters.
Illegal character or out—-of_range parameter.
Not used.
Unknown character set.
Position overflow.
Polygon buffer overflow.
Page advance command (AF, AH, FR, PG) received while
in cut sheet chart mode.
0
1
2
8
4
§
6
Z
8
DEVICE ERRORS:
An output instruction was received while another output
instruction was still executing. The original instruction
continues normally, and the second instruction is ignored.
An invalid byte was received after the ESC. characters in
a device—control instruction.
An invalid byte was received while parsing a device—
control instruction. The parameter containing the invalid
byte and all following parameters are defaulted.
A parameter is out—of-range.
MAINTENANCE
11-22
TABLE 11-2. HP-GL OR HP-GL/2 ERRORS (Continued)
ERROR
NUMBER DESCRIPTION
Too many parameters were received. Excess parameters are
ignored. Parsing of the instruction ends when a colon
(normal exit) or the first byte of another instruction
is received (abnormal exit).
Communications error. A framing error, parity error,
or overrun error has been detected.
An input buffer overflow has occurred. One or more bytes
of data have been lost and therefore, a syntax error or
plot error will likely result.
Baud rate mismatch with host computer, or full-duplex
communications error.
Indeterminate I/O error.
11.6 SERVICE SUPPORT
If you need technical assistance or if you suspect a problem with your Houston Instrument
equipment, contact Houston Instrument at 1-800-444-3425. Please have the following
information available BEFORE contacting our support personnel:
e The plotter’s model number and serial number, which are printed on the
identification tag on the back of the unit,
® The type of computer with which the plotter is being used,
CCOCCCECCEOCCCCECECCCECCECECCCCCeE cece ec ee eee
3333333333333 3333333333333333333333333333)
MAINTENANCE
11-23
The name and revision number of the plotting software package,
The cable configuration between the plotter and the computer,
A copy of the latest MENU plot,
A copy of the MENU or SERVICE plot, which provides the plotter’s ROM
revision levels (Paragraph 9.4 or 10.3).
Any error message displayed on the control panel,
The date of purchase,
The type of maintenance agreement, if any,
The name of the reseller, contact person, and phone number,
A brief description of the problem.
33333333333333333333333333333333333353333333
SECTION 12
DM/PL COMMANDS
NOTE
If you have purchased a plotting software package, you may skip this
section of the manual since that program will correctly handle the
plotter’s DM/PL inputs and outputs. DM/PL must be selected in the
menu as the active plotting language in order for the plotter to respond to
DM/PL-based plotting software. You only need to read this section if
you are developing your own plotting program.
12.1 INTRODUCTION
This section contains information necessary to write plotting programs using the DM/PL
plotting language. This includes general information for using DM/PL and a listing of the
various DM/PL commands for this plotter.
12.2. DM/PL COMMAND FORMAT
The general format of the DM/PL commands is:
MNEMONIC(Parameter)
e MNEMONIC is the one or two character mnemonic (abbreviation) of the
command. This is how the command must be sent to the plotter. The mnemonics
are either uppercase or lowercase alphabetic characters or symbol characters, as
shown in the DM/PL command listing.
e Parameter is additional data required for some of the commands. The parameters
(if any) vary with the command.
12-1
DM/PL COMMANDS
12-2
12.3. DM/PL COMMAND ORGANIZATION
The DM/PL commands are described fully in the DM/PL Command Language Manual,
part number MI—1044. The DM/PL manual is available as an option from your Houston
Instrument product dealer or direct from Houston Instrument by calling toll-free:
1-800-776-9989 (512-873-1395).
The DM/PL manual describes all DM/PL commands used with various Houston
Instrument plotters that support this language. Because of technical differences between
the plotters, some of the commands require different parameters in order to operate
properly with a given plotter. These commands are noted in the DM/PL manual. However,
you will find that most of the commands operate exactly the same for all DM/PL—based
plotters.
12.4 DM/PL COMMAND LISTING
Following is an alphabetical listing of the DM/PL commands supported by your plotter.
The first line of the listing is the command name. The second line shows the command
syntax and any parameters.
Note that these are the only DM/PL commands supported by this plotter. If the plotter
receives a command that it does not support, the results cannot be predicted. Be sure to
check this listing before running any software written for another DM/PL-based plotter to
ensure predictable operation.
NOTE
DMP-160 Series Plotters are software compatible with DMP-60 and
DMP-60 DL Series Plotters, unless otherwise noted below. If your
version of the DM/PL manual does not specifically mention the
DMP-160 Series Plotters, then any reference to the DMP-60 Series
Plotters otherwise applies to these plotters.
Cececceeececcececcececceccceeceececeece cece
39333337333 33333333333333333333333333333339
DM/PL COMMANDS
12-3
Absolute
A
Arc
CA x,y,d or CA (Pn,Hn,Dn, Xn, Yn,Ln) x,y,d
Circle
CC x,y,r or CC (Pn,Hn,Dn,Xn, Yn,Ln) x,y,r
Closed Figure
CF border list CS or CF (Pn,Hn,Dn) border list CS
Coordinate Addressing
ECn
Curved Move
CM x1,y1,x2,y2,d or CM (Pn,Hn,Dn,Xn, Yn,Ln) x1,y1,x2,y2,d
Deselect
@
Digitize
ED
Down
D
Elapsed Time
EE
Ellipse
CE x,y,xJ,y1,x2,y2 or CE (Pn,Hn,Dn,Xn, Yn,Ln) x, y,x1,y1,x2,y2
End Of Plot
€
End Of Text
ETnn
DM/PL COMMANDS
12-4
Extended Marker
M(Sn)m
Extended Text
S(Gn,Fn,Sn,Wn,Xn, Yn,Cn,Ln,I/NI,NP/P/V,TR/TD,Dn,Hn) character string _
Frame
Fn
Full Chart
EF(see par. 7.36)
General Curve
CG x1,y1,x2,y2, ... xn,yn CS
Half Chart
EH (see par. 7.36)
Home
H
Incremental Move
Pp, g, F, 5, t, U, V, W, y, and z
Line
Ln or Ln+
Marker
Mhhm
Mode One Select
Mode Two Select
spe d or ;:I(nn nn nn nn)pe d
Origin
Oo
cececececcccececcecececececececececerceeceeececee
333333333333333333333333333333333333333339)
DM/PL COMMANDS
12-5
Pass-Through Port Enable
x
This command is ignored by DMP-160 plotters.
Pen
Pn
Also see Paragraph 7.17.
Plot Pause
EL
Prompt Enable
EBnn
Query
Q
Plotter responds with its model number and ROM numbers enclosed within parentheses,
followed by a carriage return character. For example: (DMP161 1358001 11359001
1351001) <CR> for a DMP-161, (DMP162 1258001 1359001 1351001) <CR> for a
DMP- 162, or (DMP162R 1358001 1359001 1351001) <CR> for a DMP-162R.
Relative
R
Report
ER
Reset
Z
Simple Text
Srhh character string_
Test
T or T(n)
DM/PL COMMANDS
12-6
UART Setup
EUnnn
Up
U
Vector Move
XY
Velocity
Vn
Velocity of 1 to 32 ips (1 to 80 cm/s).
Window
W wxil,wyll wxur,wyur vpxll.vpyll vpxur,vpyur
ceeecececcceccececececececectceecerceeeececcece
3D93732]2IZIF}IIZZIIZIIII‘TIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII3Id
SECTION 13
HP-GL COMMANDS
NOTE
If you have purchased a plotting software package, you may skip this
section since that program will correctly handle the plotter’s HP-GL
emulation language inputs and outputs. HP-GL must be selected in the
menu as the active plotting language in order for the plotter to respond to
HP-GL~-based plotting software. You only need to read this section if
you are developing your own plotting program. Please remember that
the HP-GL plotting language is not entirely transportable between all
HP-GL plotters. This particular emulation of HP-GL is for software
packages that support the HP DraftMaster SX/RX emulation of the HP
7585 plotter. Packages written for other HP-GL plotters may not work
correctly.
13.1 INTRODUCTION
This section describes the HP-GL emulation language for the plotter. When using cut sheet
charts, this language allows the Houston Instrument DMP-161 and DMP-162 plotters to
emulate the HP DraftMaster SX/RX emulation of the HP model 7585B plotter. When using
roll charts, this language allows the Houston Instrument DMP-162R plotter to emulate the
HP DraftMaster SX/RX emulation of the HP model 7586B plotter.
This section contains the information necessary to write plotter programs using Houston
Instrument’s HP-GL emulation language. This includes general information for using
HP-GL, and detailed descriptions of the various HP-GL commands for your plotter.
13-1
HP-GL COMMANDS
13-2
13.2. HP-GL COMMAND FORMAT
The general format of the HP-GL plotting commands is:
MNEMONIC parameter, (parameter) terminator
The MNEMONIC is the two-letter mnemonic (abbreviation) of the command.
The mnemonic can be sent as uppercase or lowercase alphabetic characters.
(Uppercase mnemonics are used in this manual.)
A space may follow the mnemonic and any parameter(s).
The parameter or (parameter) is additional data required for some commands.
Some commands do not require parameters, while others do. Optional parameters
are indicated in this manual with parentheses. Do not include the parentheses with
the command when sending it to the plotter. Unspecified optional parameters
typically assume the previously specified value or the default value. At least one
space or comma must separate multiple parameters. If all required parameters are
omitted, the command is ignored.
A terminaior is used to denote the end of the command. The semicolon (;) is the
only character recognized as a terminator. However, a following command can
also be used as a terminator for a previous command. Therefore, only the last
command in a string requires a specific terminator character. (In this manual, the
semicolon is used as the terminator.)
A carriage return (CR) is ignored, except when used as a label character or as an
output response terminator. Note that the Label LB and Buffered Label String BL
commands must be terminated with a specific label terminator character. The
default value is the end of text (ETX) character. However, it can be changed with
the Define Label Terminator DT command.
cececceccceccceecetccececececececcececeeceeccec
33333333333333333333333333333333333393333339
HP-GL COMMANDS
The general format of the HP-GL RS—232-C device control functions is as follows:
ESC.SYMBOL parameter; (parameter):
ESC is the ASCII “escape” character. It is typically obtained from an ESCAPE
key on a terminal or as a character sent by the plotting software.
A period (.) must follow the escape character.
A SYMBOL must follow the period. It must be a single ASCII character. The
alphabetic symbols must be uppercase.
The parameter or (parameter), if any, follow the symbol. Some functions use
parameters, while others do not. Some functions have optional parameters, which
are indicated in this manual with parentheses. Do not include the parentheses with
the command when sending it to the plotter. Multiple parameters must be
separated by a semicolon (;). The last parameter must be followed by a colon (:).
Note that any parameter not specified is set to the default value when a colon or
semicolon is detected. It is important to note that the colon and semicolon are for
use only with functions that have parameters. These must NOT be used with
functions that do not have parameters. Otherwise, an error condition will result.
13.3. HP-GL COMMAND ORGANIZATION
The HP-GL instructions that your plotter supports are described in the Hewlett-Packard
7580B, 7585B, and 7586B Drafting Plotters Interfacing and Programming Manual. In
addition to these, your plotter supports the Direction Vertical DV command used by the HP
DraftPro Plotter. These are described in the HP DraftPro Plotter Programmer's Reference.
Also, your plotter supports character sets 7, 17, and 27 used by the HP DraftMaster Plotter
(these have six additional characters, but are otherwise identical to the HP 758X sets). The
reference manual for these is the HP DraftMaster Programmer's Reference. These manuals
are available from HP.
13-3
HP-GL COMMANDS
13-4
The HP-GL commands and RS—232-C functions that your plotter supports are listed in this
section. These are the instructions used to control overall operation of the plotter. Unless
otherwise described in this section, all listed HP-GL functions and commands are fully
supported and operate exactly as described in the HP manual. Otherwise, be sure to observe
the parameters given for the function to ensure predictable operation of the plotter.
Note that these are the only HP-GL instructions supported by your plotter. If the plotter
receives an instruction that it does not support, the results cannot be predicted. Be sure to
check this listing before running any software written for another HP-GL-based plotter to
ensure predictable operation.
Also note that your plotter does not support the General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB or
HP-IB, ANSI/IEEE 488-1978 standard) communications interface and protocol
described in the HP manuals. Your plotter always uses the RS—232-C serial
communications interface and protocol described in Appendix B of this manual.
13.4. HP-GL COMMAND LISTING
Following is an alphabetical listing of the HP-GL commands supported by your plotter.
The first line of the listing is the command name. The second line shows the command
syntax and any parameters.
Absolute Character Size
SI; or SI width,height;
Absolute Character Slant
SL angle;
Absolute Direction
DI; or DI run,rise;
Acceleration Select
AS; or AS acceleration,(pen);
Advance Full Page
AF; PG; or PG1;
ceceeccececcecectccceccecececeecececeececeecee
333333333333333333333333333333333333333339
HP-GL COMMANDS
13-5
Advance Half Page
AH;
Arc Absolute
AA x,y,angle,(chord);
Arc Relative
AR x, y,angle,(chord);
Automatic Pen Pickup
AP; or AP control;
This command is ignored. For your plotter, a pen is automatically raised from the plotting
surface after approximately two seconds of inactivity. This prevents the ink in the pen tip
from bleeding on the chart. The plotter does, however, have an AUTO-CAPPING menu
which enables you to specify a delay time before it returns a pen to its proper pen changer
stall. Typical values that you can set are 15 seconds for drafting pens or 60 seconds for hard
nib pens and roller ball pens before automatic storage to the pen changer stall.
Buffered Label String
BL label,terminator;
Character Plot
CP; or CP width, height;
Chord Tolerance
CT type;
If the Chord Tolerance CT command specifies chord deviation, or the Circle C/, Arc
Absolute AA, Arc Relative AR, Edge Wedge EW, Fill Wedge WG, or Polygon Mode PM
commands specify a chord of 5 degrees or less, then the plotter automatically uses a
Houston Instrument smooth curve routine to draw the respective circle, arc, wedge, or
polygon.
HP-GL COMMANDS
13-6
However, if the Line Type LTO command is in effect, the plotter automatically uses
5—degree chords to draw the dots at the plotted points for the deviation chord type. For
chord angles (CT0;) while the L70 command is in effect, the plotter will use the specified
degrees to draw the dots at the plotted points, even if the specified degrees are less than
5-degree chords.
Circle
CI radius,(chord);
Define Label Terminator
DT; or DT terminator;
Designate Alternate Character Set
CA; or CA set;
Note that this Houston Instrument plotter always draws the characters with an arc font. The
character spacing is automatically adjusted to simulate HP fixed—space or variable—-space
arc or vector fonts. Character sets 0 through 59, and 99 are supported as shown in Table
13~1. All characters are available in each set; however, some characters may be formed
slightly different than in the equivalent HP set. Character set -1 (the downloadable
character set) and 101 (Kanji) are not supported.
ceccerceccecceccecececceccececceccececceceece
333333333339333333333333333333333333333333
HP-GL COMMANDS
TABLE 13-1. HP-GL CHARACTER SETS
PARAMETER CHARACTER SET
FIXED-SPACE | VARIABLE-SPACE | FIXED-SPACE
VECTOR FONT ARC FONT ARC FONT
10
ANSI ASCII
HP 9825 plotter
French/German
Scandinavian
Spanish/Latin American
Special Symbols
JIS ASCII
Roman Extensions
Katakana
ISO International
Reference Version
ISO Swedish
ISO Swedish for names
ISO Norway Version 1
ISO German
ISO French
ISO United Kingdom
ISO Italian
ISO Spanish
ISO Portuguese
ISO Norway Version 2
Drafting
NOTES:
* Menu ZERO CHARACTER settings are ignored for this character set.
13-7
HP-GL COMMANDS
13-8
Designate Line
LT; or LT type,(length);
Designate Standard Character Set
CS; or CS set;
Note that this Houston Instrument plotter always draws the characters with an arc font. The
character spacing is automatically adjusted to simulate HP fixed—space or variable—space
arc or vector fonts. Character sets 0 through 59, and 99 are supported as shown in Table
13-1. All characters are available in each set; however, some characters may be formed
slightly different than in the equivalent HP set. Character set —1 (the downloadable
character set) and 101 (Kanji) are not supported.
Digitize Clear
DC;
Digitize Point
DP;
After receipt of the Digitize Point command, your plotter enters Digitize mode, as indicated
by the control panel display. Press the ONLINE key. Use the control panel direction keys to
position the pen over the desired point to be digitized. Press the ENTER key to enter the
x-,y~-coordinates. Typically, the Output Status OS command is sent to see if the plotter has
digitized data to report. The plotting software then reads the digitized information with the
Output Digitized Point OD command. Note that this plotter reports the last
software-commanded up or down pen status as the digitized pen status.
Direction Vertical
DV; or DV (direction);
Edge Polygon
EP;
Edge Rectangle Absolute
EA xur,yur;
Edge Rectangle Relative
ER xur,yur;
Edge Wedge
EW radius,angle,sweep,(chord);
Ccececcececcececececcccececccececeeceececcecceec
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
HP-GL COMMANDS
13-9
Extra Space
ES; or ES character,(line);
Fill Polygon
FP:
2
Fill Rectangle Absolute
RA xur,yur;
Fill Rectangle Relative
RR xur,yur;
Fill Type
FT type,space, angle;
Fill Wedge
WG radius,angle,sweep,(chord);
Initialize
IN;
Input Masks
IM; or IM (mask),(service),(poll);
The service and poll parameters are ignored since these only have meaning for the GPIB
(HP-IB) communications interface, which is not used with your plotter.
Input P1 And P2
IP P1x,Ply,(P2x,P2y);
Input Window
IW xILyll,xur,yur;
Label
LB label,terminator;
Label Origin
LO; or LO location;
Not Ready
NR;
HP-GL COMMANDS
13-10
Upon receipt of this command, the plotter goes to local mode and extends the chart fully
forward for viewing. The plotter displays the HP-GL NOT READY menu. Press the 1 key
to load new media before going online or press the 2 key to resume with the present chart.
Output Actual Position
OA;
Output Carousel Type
OT;
This plotter always reports a drafting type carousel (3) and the number of pens enabled in
the # OF PENS menu (1 for one pen, 3 for two pens, 7 for three pens, 15 for four pens, 31 for
five pens, 63 for six pens, 127 for seven pens, or 255 for eight pens). For example, if the
plotter has eight pens enabled in the menu, then the response is 3,255.
Output Character Box Dimensions
OB;
This plotter always responds to this command by sending all zeros
(0.0000,0.0000,0.0000,0.0000).
Output Commanded Position
OC;
Output Digitized Point
OD;
Output Error
OE;
Output Factors
OF;
Output Hard-Clip Limits
OH;
Output Identification
Ol;
To maintain software compatibility, a Houston Instrument plotter responds with an
appropriate equivalent HP plotter model number as listed in Table 13-2.
ceecceceececececececceeceecceecee eee eeece eeecece
33333333337 IFFIIFI}IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIAI
HiP-GL COMMANDS
13-11
TABLE 13-2. IDENTIFICATION RESPONSE
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT HEWLETT-PACKARD PLOTTER
PLOTTER
DMP-161
DMP-162
DMP-162R
Output Key
OK;
This plotter always responds to this command by sending a zero (0).
Output Label Length
OL;
Output Options
OO;
Output P1 And P2
OP;
Output Status
OS;
Note that bit 4 (ready for data) is always set for Houston Instrument plotters.
(For HP plotters, this bit can be cleared.)
Output Window
Ow;
Pen Down
PD; or PD (x1,y1,x2,y2, ... xn,yn);
Pen Thickness
PT; or PT width;
HP-GL COMMANDS
13-12
Pen Up
PU; or PU (x1,y1,x2,y2, ... xn,yn);
Plot Absolute
PA x1,y1,(x2,y2, ... xn,yn);
Plot Relative
PR x1,y1,(x2,y2, ... xn,yn);
Polygon Mode
PM; or PM operation;
Print Buffered Label
PB;
Relative Character Size
SR; or SR width,height;
Relative Direction
DR; or DR run,rise;
Replot
RP;
Rotate Coordinate System
RO angle;
Scale
SC; or SC x1,x2,y1,y2;
Select Alternate Character Set
SA;
Select Pen
SP; or SP pen;
See Paragraph 7.17.
Select Pen Group
SG; or SG group;
This command is treated just like Select Pen SP command. Use the PEN/GROUP
configuration menu (Paragraph 7.18) to extend the life of your pens.
ceececececcecececececcceeececee eee ce cece cece eccee
33337333 I33F3337233333333333333333333333333333
HP-GL COMMANDS
13-13
Select Standard Character Set
SS;
Set Default Values
DF;
Symbol Mode
SM; or SM symbol;
Tick Length
TL positive,(negative);
User Defined Fill Type
UF gap1,(gap2, ... gap20);
Velocity Select
VS; or VS speed, (pen);
X-Axis Tick
XT;
Y-Axis Tick
YT;
13.5 HP-GL NO OPERATION (NOP) COMMANDS
The following HP-GL commands perform no operation (are ignored) by the plotter. They
do not apply to this plotter and are provided for software compatibility purposes.
Advance Frame
FR
Buffer Plot
BF
Character Chord Angle
cc
Character Selection Mode
CM
HP-GL COMMANDS
13-14
Designate Character Set Into Slot
DS
Downloadable Character
DL
Enable Cut Line
EC
Force Select
FS
Group Pen
GP
Input Character
Ic
Invoke Character Set
IV
User Defined Character
UC
Velocity Adaptive
VA
Velocity Normal
VN
Write To Display
WD
13.6 HP-GL DEVICE CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS
Following is an alphabetical listing of the HP-GL device control instructions supported by
your plotter. The first line of the listing is the command name. The second line shows the
command syntax and any parameters.
Abort Device Control
ESC.J
Cecececcecccecececcececceccrereerccecececcecece cece
ia)
r
~™
i]
Le}
"
"
a)
)
ry
r.)
i)
bia]
3
”"
ii)
°
CY
ry
ra)
La)
"a
Lia)
a
tie]
Le )
“
(a ]
sai)
as}
a]
a]
a.)
“-
(a)
(ac |
dic]
ri)
*
Ca)
ry
r.)
HP-GL COMMANDS
Abort Graphic Control
ESC.K
Configure Memory
ESC.T (1/O);(polygon);(downloadable):
The downloadable parameter is ignored.
Output Buffer Size
ESC.L
Output Buffer Space
ESC.B
Output Extended Error
ESC.E
Output Extended Status
ESC.O
Output Identification
ESC.A
To maintain software compatibility, a Houston Instrument plotter responds with an
appropriate equivalent HP plotter model number as listed in Table 13-2.
Output Memory Size
ESC.S buffer: or ESC.S:
Plotter Configuration
ESC.@ (buffer);(mode):
Plotter Off
ESC.Z or ESC.)
Plotter On
ESC.Y or ESC.(
Reset
ESC.R
Set Extended Output And Handshake Mode
ESC.N (delay);(t1; ... t10):
13-15
HP-GL COMMANDS
13-16
Set Handshake Mode
ESC.P mode: or ESC.P:
Set Handshake Mode 1
ESC.H (block);(enquiry);(r1; ... 110):
Set Handshake Mode 2
ESC.I (block);(enquiry);(r1; ... r10):
Set Monitor Mode
ESC.Q mode: or ESC.Q:
This instruction is ignored by DMP-160 plotters.
Set Output Mode
ESC.M (turnaround); (trigger);(echo);(terminator);(terminator);(initiator):
ceececececcececececcececececceceeccecececceceereececec
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
SECTION 14
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
NOTE
If you have purchased a plotting software package, you may skip this
section since that program will correctly handle the plotter’s HP-GL/2
emulation language inputs and outputs. HP-GL/2 must be selected in the
menuas the active plotting language in order for the plotter to respond to
HP-GL/2-based plotting software. You only need to read this section if
you are developing your own plotting program. Please remember that
the HP-GL/2 plotting language is not entirely transportable between all
HP-GL/2 plotters. This particular emulation of HP-GL/2 is for software
packages that support the HP DraftMaster SX/RX plotter. Packages
written for other HP-GL/2 plotters may not work correctly.
14.1. INTRODUCTION
This section describes the HP-GL/2 emulation language for the plotter. When using cut
sheet charts, this language allows the Houston Instrument DMP-161 and DMP-162 plotters
to emulate the HP DraftMaster SX/RX 7595B plotter. When using roll charts, this language
allows the Houston Instrument DMP-162R plotter to emulate the HP DraftMaster SX/RX
7596B.
This section contains the information necessary to write plotter programs using Houston
Instrument’s HP-GL/2 emulation language. This includes general information for using
HP-GL/2, and detailed descriptions of the various HP-GL/2 commands for your plotter.
14-1
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
14-2
14.2, HP-GL/2 COMMAND FORMAT
The general format of the HP-GL/2 plotting commands is:
MNEMONIC parameter, (parameter) terminator
The MNEMONIC is the two-letter mnemonic (or abbreviation) of the command.
The mnemonic can be sent as uppercase or lowercase alphabetic characters.
(Uppercase mnemonics are used in this manual.)
A space may follow the mnemonic and any parameter(s).
The parameter or (parameter) is additional data required for some commands.
Some commands do not require parameters, while others do. Optional parameters
are indicated in this manual with parentheses. Do not include the parentheses with
the command when sending it to the plotter. Unspecified optional parameters
typically assume the previously specified value or the default value. At least one
space or comma must separate multiple parameters. If all required parameters are
omitted, the command is ignored.
A terminator is used to denote the end of the command. The semicolon (;) is the
only character recognized as a terminator. However, a following command can
sometimes be used as a terminator for a previous command. Therefore, only the
last command in a string requires a specific terminator character. (In this manual,
the semicolon is used as the terminator.)
A carriage return (CR) is ignored, except when used as a label character or as an
output response terminator. Note that the Label LB command must be terminated
with a specific label terminator character. The default value is the end of text
(ETX) character. However, it can be changed with the Define Label Terminator
DT command.
Ceeeeccececcececcecceeceececeecececececercece ce
DIDIITDITDIIIIIIDIIDIIIIIFIFIIFIIIFIIIII9II33
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
The general format of the HP-GL/2 RS—232-C device control functions is as follows:
ESC.SYMBOL parameter; (parameter):
e ESC is the ASCII “escape” character. It is typically obtained from an ESCAPE
key on a terminal or as a character sent by the plotting software.
A period (.) must follow the escape character.
A SYMBOL must follow the period. It must be a single ASCII character. The
alphabetic symbols must be uppercase.
e The parameter or (parameter), if any, follow the symbol. Some functions use
parameters, while others do not. Some functions have optional parameters, which
are indicated in this manual with parentheses. Do not include the parentheses with
the command when sending it to the plotter. Multiple parameters must be
separated by a semicolon (;). The last parameter must be followed by a colon (:).
Note that any parameter not specified is set to the default value when a colon or
semicolon is detected. It is important to note that the colon and semicolon are for
use only with functions that have parameters. These must NOT be used with
functions that do not have parameters. Otherwise, an error condition will result.
14.3. HP-GL/2 COMMAND ORGANIZATION
The HP-GL/2 instructions that your plotter supports are fully described in the HP-GL/2
Reference Manual and the HP-GL/2 Comparison Guide. These manuals are available from
Hewlett-Packard.
The HP-GL/2 commands that your plotter supports are listed in this section. Unless
otherwise noted, all listed HP-GL/2 functions and commands are fully supported and
operate exactly as described in the HP manuals. Otherwise, be sure to observe the
parameters given for the function to ensure predictable operation of the plotter.
14-3
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
14-4
Note that these are the only HP-GL/2 instructions supported by your plotter. If the plotter
receives an instruction that it does not support, the results cannot be predicted. Be sure to
check this listing before running any software written for another HP-GL-based plotter to
ensure predictable operation.
Also note that your plotter does not support the General Purpose Interface Bus (GPIB or
HP-IB, ANSI/IEEE 488-1978 standard) communications interface and protocol described
in the HP manuals. Your plotter always uses the RS—232-C serial communications
interface and protocol described in Appendix B of this manual.
14.4 HP-GL/2 COMMAND LISTING
Following is an alphabetical listing of the HP-GL/2 commands supported by your plotter.
The first line of the listing is the command mnemonic and name. The second line shows the
command syntax and any parameters.
Absolute Arc Three Point
ATxinter,yinter,xend,yend(,chord angle;)
Absolute Character Size
SIwidth,height(;) or SI(;)
Advance Page
PG(n); or PG;
Alternate Font Definition
ADkind,value... (,kind,value;)
HP-GL/2 character sets are listed in Table 14-1. Note that character sets 0, 14, and 277 map
to character set 21; character set 38 maps to character set 6; and character set 267 maps to
character set 43. Also note that type face parameters are ignored since Houston Instrument
plotters always draw characters with an arc font.
ceececeeccecececceceececceerecececceceececece
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
14-5
TABLE 14-1. HP-GL/2 CHARACTER SETS
NUMBER
277 (0)
DESCRIPTION
Roman 8 (default)
ANSI US ASCII
ECMA 94 Latin 1
French v1
French v2
German
HP Drafting
HP-GL/2 Download
HP Kana 8
HP Katakana
HP Roman Extensions
HP Special Symbois
International Reference Version
Italian
JIS ASCII
Norwegian v1
Norwegian v2
Portuguese
Swedish
Swedish Names
Spanish
United Kingdom1.25
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
14-6
Anchor Corner
ACx,y(;) or AC(;)
Arc Absolute
AAxcenter,ycenter,sweep angle(,chord angle;)
Arc Relative
ARxincrement,yincrement,sweep angle(,chord angle;)
Begin Plot
BP(kind,value... (,kind,value);) or BP(;)
Any parameters included with Begin Plot BP are ignored.
Character Plot
CPspaces,lines(;) or CP(;)
Character Slant
SLtangent of angle(;) or SL(;)
Chord Tolerance Mode
CTmode(;) or CT(;)
If the Chord Tolerance CT command specifies chord deviation, or the Circle CJ, Arc
Absolute AA, Arc Relative AR, Edge Wedge EW, Fill Wedge WG, or Polygon Mode PM
commands specify a chord of 5 degrees or less, then the plotter automatically uses a
Houston Instrument smooth curve routine to draw the respective circle, arc, wedge, or
polygon.
However, if the Line Type LTO command is in effect, the plotter automatically uses
S—degree chords to draw the dots at the plotted points for the deviation chord type. For
chord angles (CTO;) while the L70 command is in effect, the plotter will use the specified
degrees to draw the dots at the plotted points, even if the specified degrees are less than
5-degree chords.
cececceececcereccececececceeceececerececeeccereceece
33333333333333333333333333333333333333393933
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
14-7
Circle
Clradius(,chord angle;)
Default Values
DF(;)
Define Label Terminator
DTlabel terminator(,mode;) or DT(;)
Define Variable Text Path
DVpath(,line;) or DV(;)
Note that paths 2 and 3, and line 1 are not supported.
Digitize Clear
DC;
Digitize Point
DP;
After receipt of the Digitize Point command, your plotterenters Digitize mode, as indicated
by the control panel display. Press the ONLINE key. Use the control panel direction keys to
position the pen over the desired point to be digitized. Press the ENTER key to enter the
x—,y—coordinates. Typically, the Output Status OS command is sent to see if the plotter has
digitized data to report. The plotting software then reads the digitized information with the
Output Digitized Point OD command. Note that this plotter reports the last
software-commanded up or down pen status as the digitized pen status.
Direction Absolute
DIrun,rise(;) or DI(;)
Edge Polygon
EP(;)
Edge Rectangle Absolute
EAxy()
Edge Rectangle Relative
ERx,y(;)
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
14-8
Edge Wedge
EWradius,start angle,sweep angle,(,chord angle;)
Extra Space
ESwidth(,height;) or ES(;)
Fill Polygon
FP()
Fill Rectangle Absolute
RAx.y(;)
Fill Rectangle Relative
RRx,y(;)
Fill Type
FT fill type(,option 1 (option2;))
Fill Wedge
WGradius,start angle,sweep angle(,chord angle;)
Initialize
IN n(;) or ING)
Input Pi And P2
IPp1x,ply(,p2x,p2y;) or IP(;)
Input Relative P1 And P2
IRp1x,ply(.p2x,p2y;) or IRG)
Input Window
IW xlLyll,xur,yur(;) or WG)
Label
LB c ... c label terminator
Label Origin
LOposition(;) or LOG)
Cceecceeccececcececececececececeececcecececcecec
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
14-9
Line Attributes
LAkind,value(,kind,value(,kind,value;))
Line Type
LTline type(,pattern length(,mode;)) or LT(;) or LT99(;)
Not Ready
NR(timeout;)
Upon receipt of this command, the plotter goes into the view state for the amount of time
specified with the timeout parameter (in seconds), then returns to remote state.
Output Digitized Point And Pen Status
OD;
Output Error
OE;
Output Hard—Clip Limits
OH;
Output Identification
OL
To maintain software compatibility, a Houston Instrument plotter responds with an
appropriate equivalent HP plotter model number as listed in Table 14—2.
TABLE 14-2. IDENTIFICATION RESPONSE
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT HEWLETT-PACKARD PLOTTER
PLOTTER
DMP-161
DMP-162
DMP-162R
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
14-10
Output P1 And P2
OP;
Output Status
OS;
Note that bit 4 (ready for data) is always set for Houston Instrument plotters. (For HP
plotters, this bit can be cleared.)
Pen Down
PD x, yG...3) or PD(;)
Pen Up
PUx, y(,...;) or PU(;)
Pen Width
PWwidth(,pen;) or PW(;)
Pen Width Unit Selection
WUtype(;) or WU(;)
Plot Absolute
PA x, y(....3) or PA(;)
Plot Relative
PR x, y(,...5) or PR(;)
Plot Size
PS(length(,width;)) or PS(;)
Polygon Mode
PMpolygon definition(;) or PM(;)
Polyline Encoded
PE(flag)(value)...(flag)(value);
Raster Fill Definition
RFindex(,width,height,pen number(,...pen number;)) or RFindex(;) or RF(;)
This command uses fill approximation.
Cceececececcecececcececceceerececrecececececececce
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
Relative Arc Three Point
RT xincr inter,yincr inter,xincr end,yincr end(,chord angle;)
Relative Character Size
SRwidth height(;) or SRG)
Relative Direction
DRrun,rise(;) or DR(;)
Replot
RPn(;)
Rotate Coordinate System
ROangle(;) or RO(;)
Scale
SCxmin,xmax,ymin,ymax(,type(,left,bottom;)) or
SCxmin,xfactor,ymin,yfactor,type(;) or SC(;)
Select Alternate Font
SAG)
Select Pen
SPpen number(;) or SP(;)
See Paragraph 7.14.
Select Standard Font
SSG)
Standard Font Definition
SDkind,value...(,kind,value;) or SD(;)
HP-GL/2 character sets are listed in Table 14—1. Note that character sets 0, 14, and 277 map
to character set 21; character set 38 maps to character set 6; and character set 267 maps to
character set 43. Also note that type face parameters are ignored since Houston Instrument
plotters always draw characters with an arc font.
14-11
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
14-12
Symbol Mode
SMcharacter(;) or SM(;)
Velocity Select
VS(pen velocity(,pen number;)) or VS;
14.5 | HP-GL/2 NO OPERATION (NOP) COMMANDS
The following HP-GL/2 commands perform no operation (are ignored) by the plotter. They
do not apply to this plotter and are provided for software compatibility purposes.
Character Fill
CF
Download Character
DL
Enable Cutter
EC
Frame Advance
FR
Media Type
MT
Merge Control
MC
Message
MG
Number Of Pens
NP
Pen Color Assignment
PC
ceececceceeceececcececceccecertcreecececececece
3233333333333333333333333333333333333333333
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
Quality Level
QL
Screened Vector
SV
Set Color Range For Relative Color Data
CR
Sort
ST
Transparency Mode
TR
Transparent Data
TD
User-Defined Line Type
UL
14.6 HP-GL/2 DEVICE CONTROL INSTRUCTIONS
14-13
Following is an alphabetical listing of the HP-GL/2 device control instructions supported
by your plotter. The first line of the listing is the command mnemonic and name. The second
line shows the command syntax and any parameters.
Abort Device Control
ESC.J
Abort Graphics
ESC.K
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
14-14
Allocate Configurable Memory
ESC.T (physical I/O buffer);(polygon buffer);(downloadable
character buffer);(vector buffer);(pen sort buffer):
The downloadable, vector buffer, and pen sort buffer parameters are ignored for this
instruction.
End Flush Mode
ESC.U
This instruction is ignored by DMP-160 plotters.
Output Buffer Size When Empty
ESC.L
Output Buffer Space
ESC.B
Output Configurable Memory Size
ESC.S n:
Output Extended Error
ESC.E
Output Extended Status
ESC.O
Output Identification
ESC.A
To maintain software compatibility, a Houston Instrument plotter responds with an
appropriate equivalent HP plotter model number as listed in Table 14—2.
Plotter Off
ESC.Z or ESC.)
cececececcetccececcececceecceccceccececececccececcec
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
HP-GL/2 COMMANDS
14-15
Plotter On
ESC.Y or ESC.(
Reset
ESC.R
Set Extended Output And Handshake Mode
ESC.N (intercharacter delay);(handshake dependent parameter):
Set Handshake Mode
ESC.P (handshake):
Set Handshake Mode 1
ESC.H (data block size);(enquiry character);(acknowledge string): or ESC.H:
Set Handshake Mode 2
ESC.I (XOFF threshold level);(omitted);(XON trigger character(s):
or ESC.I(data block size);(enquiry character);(acknowledge string):
Set Output Mode
ESC.M (turnaround delay);(output trigger);(echo
terminator);(output terminator);(output initiator):
Set Plotter Configuration
ESC.@
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
APPENDIX A
GENERAL INFORMATION
A.l_ INTRODUCTION
This appendix contains general information about the plotter. Paragraph A.2 defines
specifications for the DMP-160 Series Plotter. Paragraph A.3 describes how various plotter
parameters are affected by control panel LOAD, ABORT, or RESET operations. Paragraph
A.4 describes how changes in the CONFIGURATION menu affect other parameters.
A.2. SPECIFICATIONS
Table A-1 is a listing of the DMP-160 Series Plotters specifications.
TABLE A-1. SPECIFICATIONS
ITEM DESCRIPTION
WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS:
DMP-161 Height (including stand)
DMP-162 Height (including stand)
DMP-162R Height (including stand)
42 inches (1067 mm)
51 inches (1295 mm)
51 inches (1295 mm)
41 inches (1041 mm)
52 inches (1321 mm)
52 inches (1321 mm)
DMP-161 Width (including stand)
DMP-162 Width (including stand)
DMP-162R Width (including stand)
DMP-161 Depth (including stand)
DMP-162 Depth (including stand)
DMP-162R Depth (including stand
and wireform basket)
21.75 inches (552.5 mm)
27.25 inches (692.2 mm)
40 inches (1016 mm)
GENERAL INFORMATION
A-2
TABLE A-1. SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)
ITEM DESCRIPTION
WEIGHTS & DIMENSIONS (Continued):
DMP-161 Weight (without stand) 30 pounds (13.6 kg)
DMP-162 Weight (without stand) 38 pounds (17.2 kg)
DMP-162R Weight (without stand) 54 pounds (24.5 kg)
DMP-161 Stand Weight 22 pounds (9.9 kg)
DMP-162 Stand Weight 30 pounds (13.6 kg)
DMP-162R Stand Weight (including 67 pounds (30.5 kg)
rollfeed assembly and wireform,
without media)
PERFORMANCE:
Accuracy On single—matte polyester (3 mil) at 18 degrees C,
0.2% of move or 0.010 inch (0.254 mm),
whichever is greater
61 Plotting Speed 1 to 32 ips (1 to 80 cm/s) axial
1 to 45 ips (1 to 114 cm/s) diagonal
DMP-162 & DMP-162R 1 to 32 ips (1 to 80 cm/s) carriage axis
Plotting Speed 1 to 24 ips (1 to 60 cm/s) media axis
1 to 40 ips (1 to 102 cm/s) diagonal
DMP-161 Acceleration 1, 2, 3, or 4 g axial
up to 5.7 g diagonal
DMP-162 & DMP-162R Acceleration 1, 2, 3, or 4 g carriage axis
1 or 2 g media axis
up to 4.5 g diagonal
Addressable Resolution 0.001 inch, 0.005 inch, 0.1 mm, or 0.025 mm
Repeatability (same pen) +/-0.002 inch (0.050 mm)
Mechanical Resolution 0.0005 inch (0.0127 mm)
Ceececeecrececececccecectccreccetceeecereccerceceec
ITEM
Pen Types
Cut Sheet Types
Roll Chart Types
Chart & Pen Combinations
DMP-162 & DMP-162R Cut Sheet
Sizes
DMP-162R Roll Chart Sizes
Maximum Plot Areas
Type
Plotter 1/O Connector
Cable Mating Connector
33333333333333333333333333333333333333333
GENERAL INFORATION
A-3
TABLE A-1. SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)
DESCRIPTION
PENS AND MEDIA:
Disposable Liquid Ink and Refillable
Drafting pens with Stainless Steel and
Tungsten tips, Fiber-tip pens, Roller
Balk pens, Ceramic~tip pens.
Premium Pius Vellum, Translucent
Bond, Matte Presentation Bond,
Glossy Presentation Bond, Clear
Acetate Film, Single-Matte Polyester Film.
Premium vellum, standard vellum,
translucent bond.
See Table 6,
Engineering A, B, C, D, E, & F
Architectural A, B, C, D, E, F, &
30x42 inches
DIN A4, A3, A2, Al, AO, & B1
Oversize DIN A4, A3, A2, Al, & AO
Standard widths from 22 to 36 inches
(558 to 914 mm). Lengths up
to 150 feet (45.7 m) or a maximum
roll diameter of 4.5 inches (114.30 mm)
on a standard 2-inch (50.80 mm) core.
See Table 3-2
Asynchronous serial RS—232—C
Bottom panel RS—232—C DB—25P
RS-232-C DB-—25S
GENERAL INFORMATION
A-4
TABLE A-1. SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)
PENS AND MEDIA (Continued):
7 data bits,
1 parity bit (selectable),
Transmit Data Format
(from plotter)
2 or more stop bits
7 or 8 data bits,
1 parity bit (selectable),
Receive Data Format (to plotter)
1 or more stop bits
2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, or 38400
512 kilobytes standard. 1, 2.5, or
4 megabytes optional.
1 megabyte standard on DMP-162R
DM/PL, HP DraftMaster SX/RX HP-GL 7585
emulation, & HP DraftMaster SX/RX HP-GL/2
ENVIRONMENTAL:
Operating Temperature DMP-161/162 40 to 95 degrees F (4.5 to 35 degrees C)
Operating Temperature DMP-162R 40 to 80 degrees F (4.5 to 26.6 degrees C)
Operating Relative Humidity 20% to 95% (non-condensing)
DMP-161/162
Operating Relative Humidity
DMP-162R
Storage Temperature
Baud Rate
Buffer
Firmware
30% to 70% (non-condensing)
40 to 140 degrees F (40 to 60 degrees C)
Storage Relative Humidity 5% to 95% (non-condensing)
Cceeccecceceecercceeeccecceeecececececeeeecceee
-33333333333333333333333333333333333333333)
GENERAL INFORATION
A-5
TABLE A-1. SPECIFICATIONS (Continued)
ITEM DESCRIPTION
POWER REQUIREMENTS:
Nominal Voltage 100, 120, 220, or 240 Vac (selectable)
Voltage Range 100 Vac setting: 89 to 108 Vac
120 Vac setting: 108 to 130 Vac
220 Vac setting: 197 to 228 Vac
240 Vac setting: 216 to 260 Vac
Frequency 50 or 60 Hz
Phase Single phase
Power 100 VA maximum
52 VA standby for DMP-161
66 VA standby for DMP-162
1 Amp Slo—Blo for 100 or 120 Vac
0.5 Amp Slo—Blo for 220 or 240 Vac
A.3 LOAD, ABORT, AND RESET PARAMETERS
Table A~2 lists parameter settings as a result of a control panel LOAD, ABORT, or RESET
operation. Additional settings affected by only a RESET operation are listed in Table A-3.
In these tables, the term “fixed” means that the condition always assumes the indicated
value. The term “menu” value means that the condition always assumes the value presently
set in the menu. Items that are plotting language specific are so noted.
GENERAL INFORMATION
A-6
TABLE A-2. LOAD AND ABORT PARAMETERS
CONDITION TYPE
Auto cap delay menu value
Chart size & orientation actual chart size or menu setting
DM/PL Addressable resolution menu value
DM/PL Character set menu value
DM/PL Character text font menu value
DM/PL Extended marker size = 8 fixed
DM/PL Extended Text height = 8 fixed
DM/PL Extended Text italic off fixed
DM/PL Extended Text spacing P or V (script) | fixed
DM/PL Extended Text width = 8 fixed
DM/PL Line type = 0 (solid line) fixed
DM/PL Mode 2 response string = <CR> fixed
DM/PL Polygon fill parameter set to default fixed
DM/PL Relative/absolute addressing cleared fixed
DM/PL Text direction horizontal fixed
DM/PL Text fill density = 15 fixed
DM/PL Text fillable fonts menu value
DM/PL Text intercharacter extra spacing = 0 fixed
DM/PL Text interline extra spacing = 0 fixed
DM/PL Text path horizontal fixed
Home and orientation (activated) menu value
Media acceleration menu value
Media speed menu value
Number of pens menu value
Pen down acceleration menu value
Pen down speed menu value
Pen up acceleration (maximum for plotter) fixed
Pen up speed (maximum for plotter) fixed
Window & Viewport actual chart size
or menu value
ccceeececcecceccccecececccceceeceerceeccecee eee
333333333333333933333333333333333333333333)
GENERAL INFORATION
TABLE A-3. RESET PARAMETERS
CONDITION* TYPE
Baud rate
Clear plot data buffer (all data lost)
Clears pen group definition
Clip window (reset)
DM/PL End of text character = _
DM/PL Plotter deselected
DM/PL Prompt enable character = “*
Home and orientation (reset)
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 (No downloadable character buffer)
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 90 degrees rotation
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Character chord = HI smooth curve routine
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Character selection mode = always seven-bit
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Character slant = 0 degrees
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Chord tolerance = 5 degrees for arcs & circles
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Clear label buffer
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Clears any error condition
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Default pen speed, force, acceleration set
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Digitize mode cleared
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Extra space = none
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Fill angle = 0 degrees
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Fill spacing = 1% of P1/P2 distance
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Fill type = 1 (solid)
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Input window set to hard clip limits
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Label origin = standard labeling
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Label terminator = ETX
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Lift & store unused pen after auto—cap delay
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Line pattern length = 4% of P1/P2 distance
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Line type = 1 (solid)
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Pen raised
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Plot data buffer cleared
menu value
fixed
menu
actual chart size
fixed
fixed
fixed
menu value
fixed
menu value
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
menu value
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
A-7
GENERAL INFORMATION
A-8
TABLE A-3. RESET PARAMETERS (Continued)
CONDITION* TYPE
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Plotter selected or deselected
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Plotting mode = absolute
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Polygon buffer cleared
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Relative direction = horizontal
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Relative size character height = 0.375 cm
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Relative size character width = 0.285 cm
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Select character set = standard set
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Set to data buffer ready status
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Sets P1/P2 & axis origin to chart size
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Sets Status Word Bit 3 to 1
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Standard character set = 0
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 Symbol mode off
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 XOFF character defined
HP-GL & HP-GL/2 XON character defined
HP-GL Tick length of x-axis tick = 0.5% of P2y—P1
HP-GL Tick length of y-axis tick = 0.5% of P2x—P1x
HP-GL User-defined fill = solid bidirectional
HP-GL/2 fill origin = 0,0
HP-GL/2 font spacing =fixed
HP-GL/2 height = 16
HP-GL/2 line ends = butt
HP-GL/2 line joins = mitered
HP-GL/2 miter limit = 5
HP-GL/2 pen location lower left (0,0)
HP-GL/2 pen width
HP-GL/2 pitch = 5.942
HP-GL/2 plot size = 1.5 times chart width
HP-GL/2 raster fill = solid
HP-GL/2 stroke weight = normal
HP-GL/2 TYPE FACE =FIXED VECTOR
menu value
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
menu value
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
fixed
cececcececececceecececcecceececeececeecececcece
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
GENERAL INFORATION
A-9
TABLE A-3. RESET PARAMETERS (Continued)
CONDITION* TYPE
HP-GL/2 WIDTH UNITS = METRIC (MM) fixed
MAXIMUM WINDOW (RESET) actual chart size
NORMAL CHART LENGTH actual chart size
NUMBER OF PENS menu value
PARITY menu value
PLOTTER LANGUAGE menu value
ROTATED CHART LENGTH actual chart size
RTS/DTR MODE menu value
SEND XON fixed
WINDOW & VIEWPORT actual chart size
NOTES:
* The conditions listed in Table A—2 are also set.
A4 EFFECTS OF CHANGING CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS
Changes made to the CONFIGURATION menus described in Section 7 also affect the
plotter as described in the following paragraphs.
Altering the PEN VELOCITY, PEN ACCEL, MEDIA VEL, VEL OVERRIDE,
configuration menu causes all pen velocities and accelerations to be set to the menu values.
Changing the OPTIMIZATION, LANGUAGE, BAUD RATE, or PARITY menu causes a
complete reset of the plotter like using the RESET/LOAD key to select RESET. This
clears any clip or scale set with the CLIP & SCALE menu, completely reinitializes
RS-232-C communications, defaults all plotting parameters, and clears all buffers.
GENERAL INFORMATION
A-10
Altering the ORIENTATION, ADDRESSING, CLIP & SCALE, or QUICK SCALE menu
causes a partial reset like using the RESET/LOAD key to select ABORT. This aborts the
present plot, advances to the next End Of Plot e command if DM/PL, and defaults all
plotting parameters, except those set with the CLIP & SCALE menu.
Changes to the RTS/DTR menu causes the RTS and DTR handshaking lines to be set
correctly for DM/PL. For HP-GL or HP-GL/2, hardware handshake is enabled, but if a plot
is in progress, the handshaking lines may not be correctly set until the next handshaking
threshold is reached.
Changes made to any one of the DM/PL TEXT FONT, TEXT SPACING, OPEN FONTS,
or CHAR SET menus causes all of these to default to their menu settings.
Changes made to PENS/GROUP or # PENS in the CONFIGURATION menu or changing
the current user in the USER SELECT menu resets the pen grouping parameters to their
menu settings and restarts each group with its first pen.
Changes made to the UP DELAY, DOWN DELAY, AUTO-CAPPING, PEN PAUSE,
MENU UNITS, ZERO CHAR, LINE STATUS, or DM/PL ERRORS menu are
immediately implemented without affecting other plotting parameters.
Any change to the Model DMP-162R CHART FEED menu causes the plotter to assume a
SHEET NOT LOADED or ROLL NOT LOADED condition. A plot in progress is not
aborted, so loading a chart may result in a partial plot on the new chart. This is only likely to
occur if HP-GLor HP-GL/2is the active plotting language and STANDALONE is selected
in the LINE STATUS menu. To prevent this, use the RESET/LOAD key to select RESET.
Ccecececececcecececerccrececcreccecececceeceecec
33333333333333333333333333333333333333333)
APPENDIX B
INTERFACE
B.L INTRODUCTION
This appendix describes the RS~232-C serial communications interface signal
connections for the plotter and the host computer. To connect the plotter to the host
computer, always follow this priority:
Refer to the plotting application software document for its recommended cabling
specifications. If the DMP-160 Series is not specifically listed, cabling for other
Houston Instrument DMP-29, DMP-40, DMP-50, DMP-60, or DMP-60 DL
Series plotters can be used instead.
If your plotting software does not list required cabling, then use the Houston
Instrument cable specifications recommended for your particular computer.
These are listed in Paragraph B.2.
If you wish to make your own cable, then refer to Paragraph B.3. It lists the various
plotter RS—232-C signals and how to connect them.
B.2 INTERFACE NOTES
The following paragraphs describe communication between a computer and plotter. These
notes are arranged by computer configuration, and contain the following information,
where pertinent.
Cable Specifications. A cable specification is given. The exact pin—for—pin
description is detailed, as well as the type of connector needed on each cable end.
These cable definitions establish a communications link between the computer
and plotter to provide hardware and software handshake capability. The cable
specifications described are general purpose and work with most software
packages.
B-1
INTERFACE
B-2
® System Setup. Instructions may be given to setup the computer’s serial port. This
setup is necessary to run the plotter with the computer. Information about setting
up baud rate, parity, and handshake mode parameters for the plotter are given in
Section 7.
® Communication. A BASIC program may be given that draws 110 circles
horizontally across the chart. The purpose of this program is to demonstrate the
communications abilities of the plotter and computer.
B.2.1_ IBM And Compatible Computers
Cable Specifications:
For an IBM AT or compatible computer with a 9-pin serial port, use the data cable in the
Houston Instrument Modular Serial Cable Kit, part number 414-183. If you would like to
make your own data cable and use it instead of the Houston Instrument data cable, refer to
Figure B—-1 for connection information.
DB-25S DB.9S
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
2 TD 2
TO 3 RD Sia To
PLOTTER 4 RTS 8 COMPUTER
7 GND 5
1
4
6
9
NOTES:
1, Unlisted pins are not connected.
FIGURE B-1. 25-PIN TO 9-PIN CABLE
ceeccceccececececcecceecececcece ce cece cceeee cee
333333333333333333333333333333333333333335
INTERFACE
B-3
For an IBM PC, IBM PC/XT, [BM PS/2, or compatible computer with a 25—pin serial port,
use the data cable and 9—pin to 25—pin adaptor included in the Houston Instrument Modular
Serial Cable Kit, part number 414~183. If you would like to make your own data cable and
use it instead of the Houston Instrument data cable and adaptor, refer to Figure B—2 for
connection information.
DB-25S DB-25S
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
2 TD 3
TO 3 | RD 2 TO
PLOTTER 4 | ae 6 COMPUTER
7 GND 7
6
8
20
22
NOTES:
1. Unlisted pins are not connected.
FIGURE B-2. 25-PIN TO 25-PIN CABLE
System Setup:
NOTE
The following setup information assumes that you are using MS-DOS
or PC-DOS.
INTERFACE
B4
1.
2.
3,
4,
Boot up the operating system.
After the system prompt, issue the following command to configure serial port
one: MODE COM1:9600,N,8,2,P. If using serial port two, substitute COM2
instead.
After the system prompt, issue the following command to redirect output to serial
port one: MODE LPT1:=COM1:. If using serial port two, substitute COM2
instead.
The computer end of the cable must be connected to the serial port defined as
COMI (or COM2). The plotter menu must be set for baud rate of 9600, parity of
NONE, and RTS/DTR mode of TOGGLE.
Communications And Handshaking:
NOTE
The following BASIC program assumes that you are using IBM’s
BASICA or Microsoft’s GW-BASIC.
After the system prompt, issue the command to load BASIC. For more
information about loading BASIC, consult your computer documentation.
After loading BASIC, type in the program listing in Table B~1 for DM/PL, Table
B-2 for HP-GL, or Table B—3 for HP-GL/2.
cecccecececccecececceecetceccecececcecceee cece cee
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
INTERFACE
B-5
TABLE B-1. IBM SAMPLE DM/PL PROGRAM
PROGRAM COMMENTS
10 LPRINT “;: ECM A HO V2 P1 200,200” selects the plotter
20 FOR X = 500 TO 3225 STEP 25 defines x coordinate of center
30 LPRINT “CC “;X;”,1200 100 “ outputs series of 110 circles
40 NEXT X
50 LPRINT “PO 0,0 @” puts the pen away & deselects plotter
60 END
TABLE B-2. IBM SAMPLE HP-GL PROGRAM
PROGRAM COMMENTS
10 LPRINT “IN;SP1;VS5;” initializes the plotter & selects pen 1
20 FOR X = -5450 TO 5450 STEP 100 defines x coordinate of center
30 LPRINT “PA”: X;”,0000;CI400;” outputs series of 110 circles
40 NEXT X
50 LPRINT “SP0;PA0,0;” puts the pen away
60 END
INTERFACE
B-6
TABLE B-3. IBM SAMPLE HP-GL/2 PROGRAM
PROGRAM COMMENTS
10 LPRINT “IN;SP1;VS5;” initializes the plotter & selects pen 1
20 FOR X = 500 TO 11400 STEP 100 defines x coordinate of center
30 LPRINT “PA”;X;”,1200;C1I400;” outputs series of 110 circles
40 NEXT X
50 LPRINT “SPO;PAO,0;” puts the pen away
60 END
3. To save the program, issue the following command:
SAVE “PLOTEST.BAS”.
4. You may now run the program. Issue the following command:
RUN. A sample plot is shown in Figure B-3.
5. To load and run the program at a later date, issue the following command:
RUN “PLOTEST.BAS”.
FIGURE B-3. SAMPLE PLOT
Cececececercercccececetccecrcececececeecececce
333333333333333333333333333333333333333335)
INTERFACE
B-7
B.2.2 Apple And Compatible Computers
Cable Specifications:
For an Apple Macintosh Plus, Macintosh SE, Macintosh II, or compatible computer with
an 8—pin DIN serial port, use the data cable and 9-pin to 8—pin adaptor cable included in the
Houston Instrument Modular Serial Cable Kit, part number 414-183. If you would like to
make your own data cable and use it instead of the Houston Instrument data cable and
adaptor cable, refer to Figure B—4 for connection information.
DB-25S DIN 8-PIN
CONNECTOR MALE CONNECTOR
2 TD 5
TO 3 | RD 3 TO
PLOTTER 4 | RTS 2 COMPUTER
oe GND 4
L
NOTES:
1. Unlisted pins are not connected.
FIGURE B-4. 25-PIN TO 8-PIN DIN CABLE
For an Apple Macintosh 512K Enhanced or compatible computer with a 9-pin serial port,
you must make your own data cable. Refer to Figure B-5 for connection information.
INTERFACE
B-8
DB-25S DB-9P
CONNECTOR CONNECTOR
2 TD 9
TO 4 RD 5 TO
PLOTTER 4 RTS 7 COMPUTER
7 GND 3
NOTES:
1. Unlisted pins are not connected.
FIGURE B-5. 25—PIN TO 9-PIN DIN CABLE
B3 AVAILABLE SIGNALS
Figure B-6 shows the seven signal connections available at the plotter 25—pin DB25P (pin)
RS—232-C serial connector. These signals are explained in detail in the following
paragraphs. All other connector pins are not used. The pin numbers listed below are the
plotter RS—232-C connector pins.
e Pin 1, Chassis Ground. This chassis ground connection is provided for
applications that require a frame—to—frame ground between the plotter and host
computer. The signal ground is provided at pin 7.
e Pin 2, Transmit Data (TXD). This serial output line is used when the plotter
sends data to the host computer. The plotter sends data on this line after receipt of
operating commands requiring a response or during XON/XOFF or software
handshaking.
ceeccececcececceececceceeccececreereececcecceccec
3333333333333 333333333333333333333333333359
INTERFACE
Pin 3, Receive Data (RXD). This serial input line is used when the plotter
receives data from the host computer. This is how the plotter receives its operating
commands and plot data.
Pin 4, Request To Send (RTS). This output line may be used for hardware
handshaking purposes to indicate the status of the plotter. This signal is enabled in
the RTS/DTR menu as described in Paragraph 7.33. It may be set to HIGH if you
do not wish to use it or set to TOGGLE (go high and low) if you do wish to use it. If
TOGGLE is selected, the plotter sets RTS low to indicate that it is not ready to
accept data. The plotter sets RTS high to indicate when it is ready to accept data
from the host computer. Note that this pin is internally connected to pin 20 (DTR).
Pin 5, Clear To Send (CTS). This input line may be used for hardware
handshaking purposes to control operation of the plotter. To use it, the host
computer sets CTS low to inhibit operation of the plotter. The host computer then
sets CTS high to resume plotter operation. If not used, simply leave this line set on
(high), or not connected at all.
Pin 7, Signal Ground (GND). This is a required ground connection between the
host computer and the plotter. It provides a common reference for all signal
connections.
Pin 20, Data Terminal Ready (DTR). This output line may be used for hardware
handshaking purposes to indicate the status of the plotter. This signal is enabled in
the RTS/DTR menu as described in Paragraph 7.33. It may be set to HIGH if you
do not wish to use it. It may also be set to TOGGLE (go high and low) if you do
wish to use it. If TOGGLE is selected, the plotter sets DTR low to indicate that itis
not ready to accept data. The plotter sets DTR high to indicate when it is ready to
accept data from the host computer. Note that this pin is internally connected to
pin 4 (CTS).
B-9
INTERFACE
B-10
TO HOST COMPUTER
ASYNCHRONOUS SERIAL
PORT CONNECTOR
DB25P (PIN)
CONNECTOR
DB2SS (SOCKET)
CONNECTOR
PIN 25
NOTES
1. THIS DIAGRAM SHOWS BASIC CONNECTIONS
FOR THE PLOTTER, YOUR COMPUTER MAY
REQUIRE ADDITIONAL CONNECTIONS,
2. ARROWS SHOW DIRECTION OF SIGNAL FLOW.
3. PIN NUMBERS SHOWN ARE AT THE PLOTTER
END OF THE CABLE.
4. PINS 4 AND 20 ARE INTERNALLY CONNECTED.
$. ALL OTHER PINS ARE NOT USED.
FIGURE B-6. AVAILABLE SIGNALS
PIN 13
cecececceccrcecccreeccecceccecceeccetceeceeece
3333333333333 3333333333333333333333333333)
INTERFACE
In a typical XON/XOFF or software handshake application, only plotter pins 2 (TXD), 3
(RXD), and 7 (GND) are used. The host computer sends commands to the plotter on the
RXD line. This is how the operating commands and plot data get to the plotter. The plotter
responds when required by sending data on the TXD line. This is how the plotter sends
handshake and response information back to the host computer. Pin 7 (ground) is used to
establish a common reference for the other signals.
Ina typical hardware handshake application, plotter pins 4 (RTS) or 20 (DTR) and 5 (CTS)
are used in addition to pins 2, 3, and 7. The host computer monitors the RTS or DTR line
from the plotter, and the plotter monitors the CTS line from the computer. This provides a
hardware handshaking link between the plotter and the host computer. When RTS or DTR
is high, the computer knows.that the plotter is available for operation. When CTS is high,
the plotter knows that the computer is ready for operation.
Typically, only a few plotter pins need to be connected to the host computer if making your
own cable. Cable length should be limited to less than 16 feet (4.8 m) for best results. Note
that your computer or plotting software may also require additional loopback connections
at its end of the data cable.
e Connect the computer transmit data TXD pin to plotter pin 3.
e Connect the computer receive data RXD pin to plotter pin 2.
e For hardware handshaking, connect the computer clear to send CTS pin to plotter
pin 4 or 20. Connect the computer request to send RTS pin to plotter pin 5.
e Connect the computer ground GND pin to plotter pin 7.
B-11
3323339393333 333333333333333333333333333333
GLOSSARY
ABSOLUTE VECTOR PAIR. A coordinate set that references a specific origin point to
determine a position on a plane.
ACCELERATION. The rate (in g or gravity force) at which the plotter accelerates the
pen and/or chart to the specified velocity (plotting speed).
ADDRESSABLE RESOLUTION. The smallest movement increment that the host
computer plotting software can select for the plotter. When DM/PL is active, addressable
resolutions of 0.001 inch, 0.005 inch, 0.1 mm, or 0.025 mm are possible. Compare with
mechanical resolution.
ASCII. Abbreviation for American Standard Code for Information Interchange.
ASYNCHRONOUS SERIAL DATA COMMUNICATIONS. A serial I/O protocol
(RS—232-C) in which each byte transmitted is self-sufficient and does not require a timing
sequence.
BAUD RATE. The rate in bits per second at which information is transmitted over a serial
link.
BUFFER. A storage circuit that compensates for differences in data flow between two
computing devices.
BYTE. A sequence of adjacent binary digits (bits), operated upon as a unit in a computer.
A typical eight-bit byte forms one ASCII character.
CARTESIAN COORDINATES. A system of locating a point in a plane using two
orthogonal (mutually perpendicular) axes known as x and y. Used as the basis for plotting
by the DM/PL, HP-GL, and HP-GL/2 plotting languages.
CHARACTER SET. A collection of alphabetic, numeric, punctuation, and special
symbols used for a particular plot. The most commonly used is ASCII. Alternate character
sets include special alphabetic characters for various national languages and special
symbols.
GLOSSARY
G-2
CHART. The material upon which the pen plots a drawing. Cut sheet charts and roll charts
are available in a variety of sizes. Various chart material types include paper, vellum, clear
film, and matte film.
CLIP. To plot only a certain portion of a larger plot. That is, clip points can be set on the
plotter to exclude plot data that falls outside the specified limits.
COMMAND STRING. A collection of individual computer or peripheral commands
that initiate or control predetermined operations.
COORDINATE SET (x,y). A pair of numeric specifiers that determine a single position
onthe plane of a coordinate axes system. A coordinate set can determine a position by either
referencing a set origin point (absolute) or the position of the last vector pair (relative).
DATA. A general term for the numbers, letters, and symbols that serve as input or output
for a computing device.
DIGITIZER. An electronic device that converts graphic information into digital
computer data.
DM/PL. Houston Instrument’s Digital Microprocessor/Plotting Language. The primary
plotting language used to control the plotter with various graphics commands to produce
plots.
HANDSHAKING. The process of transferring information between two devices in a
synchronized manner at a rate acceptable to both devices (this process may be in either
hardware, software, or XON/XOFF).
HEXADECIMAL. A notation in the scale (base) of 16, using alphanumeric digits 0
through 9 and A through F.
HP-GL. Hewlett-Packard Graphics Language. An alternate plotting language used to
control the plotter with various graphics commands to produce plots. For DMP-160 Series
Plotters, HP-GL is an emulation of the HP 7585 HP-GL plotting language.
Ceecececercccecetcceetcercececerecccecececeececeree
333332333333 33333333HN33333333333333333333)
GLOSSARY
G-3
HP-GL/2. Hewlett-Packard Graphics Language/2. An alternate plotting language used
to control the plotter with various graphics commands to produce plots. For DMP-160
Series Plotters, HP-GL/2 is an emulation of the HP DraftMaster SX/RX HP-GL/2 plotting
language.
1V/O. Abbreviation for input and output data.
INCREMENT. The smallest possible unit of plotter movement.
INTERFACE. A working communication link between two or more computing devices.
ISO. Abbreviation for the International Organization for Standardization.
JIS. Abbreviation for Japanese Industrial Standard.
LCD. Liquid crystal display. Used in this plotter to show configuration and status
information to the operator.
MECHANICAL RESOLUTION. The smallest movement increment that the plotter is
capable of making. This plotter has a mechanical resolution of 0.0005 inch (0.0127 mm).
Compare with addressable resolution.
MEDIA. The pen type and chart type used to produce a plot.
MIRRORPLOT. The ability of the plotter to produce normal, reverse, upside-down, and
reverse upside—down plots.
PARITY. A method of adding a bit to a data byte during asynchronous (RS—232-C)
communications to verify the integrity of the information transferred between two devices.
PEN. The device used to draw graphics on a chart. Various pen tip types include fiber—tip,
roller ball, disposable stainless steel and tungsten, and refillable tungsten pens.
PLOT QUALITY. The ability of the plotter to produce acceptable plots using an
approved media (pen and chart) combination at the recommended velocity and
acceleration.
GLOSSARY
G4
RAM. Abbreviation for Random Access Memory circuitry.
REPEATABILITY (%). The percent of fluctuation that will occurif the plotter produces
the same plot design successively.
RELATIVE VECTOR PAIR. A coordinate set that references the location of the last
vector pair to determine the next position on a plane.
ROM. Abbreviation for Read Only Memory circuitry.
RS-232-C. A specific asynchronous serial data I/O protocol used by the plotter for
communications with the host computer.
SCALE. To alter the original position, orientation, size, or aspect ratio of a plot. That is,
scale points can be set to alter the appearance of the plot.
SCANNER. An optical input device used to read information from an existing copy and
save it as a computer file for further use.
VELOCITY. The speed (in ips or inches per second, or mm/s or millimeters per second) at
which the plotter moves the pen and/or chart while plotting.
VIEWPORT. The lower left corner of the plot. Used to position the plot on the chart.
cecceccceceecececececcececceceecececerecececece
333333333333333333333333333333333333333335
INDEX
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
SYMBOLS AND NUMERICS
OL DEUS: fisins: 2 Cok Giaah a eke Bow ended ERAS ERE O Stine SUPT SS waa T ECR PLAGE TAT
Land: 2 Keyshia: 2% at ciidnas a Phan aaeeetn karte ie sietntnn Boe Weeds ed a4 38 2.6.6
A
IDOTAS ntsc taht sf 2 elena ah ce ah ae ener al ech saan oc torn Y Se ati viva Shy alone el Sem 2.6.2
ACCElETAHON 22 ss cesaaar bes badd weeds SOR Fee Rm ORS HELE PRAGUE BRET EOE OS A2
AOCESSOPIES. a oa xc Wintec «doa widen ee eea as eevee OO BG RG Wire n tele ig mane 2.4
ACCUIACY < yess neh aew ORs s ho meds e259 84 Mae £408 ea REESE Vea otee A.2
AGAPLOTS soy 20 cocks lavspenanesee seal Ws Reuauaianis ore aie Glavine WAN W aasrranenctsninm inn Rae SasKeeede 44
additional information for AutoCAD and VersaCAD setup ...............44- 1.4.3
BGOTESSADISTESOLUNOD: ato acs x «hy hanced ai ee eae oa ya Re eS he Biekake A.2
addressing 6 ss4ci.cann vied 254 reenig weaeeaswieked Dee eeEGeR EES F547 WC 7.25
ADLASIV ER acc cx demenainln deed. a a dubia ens ooo Gomer h oak a wltamS HEN aitalE 1.4.3.1
adjustable pinch roller adjustment ...... 0.0... cece eee ect eens 1.3.2, 3.1
Apple and compatible computers ... 0... 0... eee eee eens B.2.2
Apple Macintosh, Macintosh Plus, SE, ID... 0.0... eee eee eee B.2.2
ARCHED sx cis eh areca es tte caualeren eres abimmm Ree BEER RE we UE B42 RARER 8.4
ALLOW KEYS) g ois a ereaieraln koa san mesatene ee a ww loreralinnay daw 8 Baw ecasaLieal HW 4 «Bd weemiane 2.6.7
ASOIL soos secnecies 30s oe Gsm SESEEE RAGE RA AS ETO CRRU AE SES Eee SRE 7.28
assembly and installation 2.2.00... 0... c eee ccc eee eee 13.1
AULO-CAPPIAG . nj. si0 86 PERTH NT Eos FARR A ERE TA IR Ow TE ELIS aS RON AD 722
available signals, aie asic wnscaserme 4's VU wtye seas eed Mie miaigueres el asl ASAE A amtnelal eat B.3
AXES OTP < . g.chs 84824 FS AMARS HEARS DAtra SOE Las hE RRAY SS EI eeERON HESS 3.5
I-1
INDEX
I-2
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
B
DAU TALS yp sisi pe 8 xo mysah dE EH Ace sanD G4 LOSSES BS THREE CHO UhE ee erewe 7.31
HON. o Haceasen yess eke eeduans 2 eVGA wiemnrdAes Ce dean Pawel awa eee 3.6
buffer'kits: sistas caag sa gewewad 529482 meee kee eC EaawN Rhee TEs DR EEeCeS 2.4
Cc
GEIGER 5 ud Sersnnsle RORY A Girne PY EVEN GNC ed Aen a ee Ue OE ed he B.2.1, B.2.2
Carriage acceleration 5 ss gcjccny oda oe ania aeaet ease wasiedeassebeemegeeges 711
CARMA BS NELOGIIG 5 0 2-4 srcnsrcnr icy pias pict hs SR ACR DAS HEME oD eioRT ES 7.10
COAMICPEN swiss 2s 34.45 wiNOwUTA S545 Feta SEdos SEE MAAS ATY Oe EE ERM 4.2.1, 4.4
CHASE a seanchesig hid Ort tance nel An Hie muna ATE can Rarer ele gh wnReR re eM 7.28
chartbcommands) <<2s<sscumaaveseeeab pages deeds Mea Ks esse eR aeRO TES 7.36
CHARE/ECCCUNIN TOR? 15 ce rpuciscn oo C504 tated Vt eee Rasen Hee mole ees 11.5
chartfeed: «ccouie gus y peed Rtgs Ss amiMn de eee Ua ano e Tea e OR Sew oa eee 7.14
GMAT ORCI 5 csnisetns nes oe secenense oes h, x area aai Arauis Ais ties Pes ueeyeabe Sens’ AlecH A Setoieea oat 1.3.3
CHALESCNSOR ecccei sd esc amu ine cases epaQungegaeiweaRdsy Lesa wlen nae 11.2.3
CHATH SIZE MALKETS) 55 ev ed gchan RE eSG Geom n Oe & ee owen aes wake eben ow ee 2.5
ChAT SIZE SEUNG oo as aid nade hander awe Es Yee mou SRE TE BA a wEav 1.3.2, 3.2
chart skewsileft OrTight .sss0ccgeces seca oenb estab iden nereegapeeneenne 11.5
CHATUSUPDIEES: wtec-c whew 2 rwieadesed ada doannie odd daugichag esbed Chaana bode 3.6
Charts sci. cu emierh gen sy ss wale Ob ab ee ee aOR ER SESS TR Gaels HERE SO Gem eeds 3.1
CHASSIS FOUN i serie overt die wadtcnsie cles Wie tendbione shale Fae s winded ¥ SL Sw Rae eleven sie ae B.3
Cleaning sa, deremu case eo a4 eee Pea ea BERND SAGE KA ME PEP ERS Pao SEs 11.2
ClEGE COATED TUM esse ci Maa via Mineineite ie wadnnmeadrera Gawd keen wee es ie eee BARS 3.6
Clear torsend 4 sess yy 63 4 OMORULS FEES Es WIRD SEE LT FUG WHEELS IES FAA Owe oe B.3
COLDS 5a) had dak GaSasnsisrdo stu jadie’y Haale pyrene Oia BU ap tM ouesh eee CCA radios) 5 8.5
Clip atid Seale: ones cc cs gay awn des ss esuauni ease sys aciesla ge yevauamwanned 8.2
ceececcecetcceecceccececececcecercececcetcecec
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
INDEX
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
C continued
clip and ScaleMmentt suk ous Seeded SERS EE a heres nae awe Sain bee ea eawwe 8.1
CLIPPING) hy. 5 ev ake eancshelas viaind adie danse eR eReh Ree Ps ea SOM PaO wR eH 1.4.3.2
clippingiand Scaling... oo6 05 sce sa ea coe i eevee seems nee dese ee sae beessades 2.7.4
COMMUNICATIONS occa ce sad aweea nee yeaa eR EHR eae Tew TE EEE eae Eo 11.5
communications and handshaking ............ 0. cece cece eee eee eee B.2.1
CONMAENCE PlOL sos ccwamevevca sone deriena duane eda watuwa CREE aw ware 9:5
CONMBUFANON ¢ 2x54 casa aUSr Fee RR a RHEE SERS ROA TIES ELSE EASES EE 1.4.3.1, 7.2
configuration MENU 2.6... eee ee eee nee eet e eee e eee 7A
configuring the plotter... 6... 66k cc ene eens 1.4.2
configuring the DMP-162R for roll mode ............ 0... eee eee eee 3.4.1
controlipanel 2y acepaan eds 3744 BREE Ce SS RE SERA REST TES Sea S ESSE eS 2.5, 2.6
CULAEAY a veay aoa ducnsicih HEE s Ax MrOao ted 9 UM SenadnN ae wR & Dincteanae eee sew biel 7.16
cut sheetichart loading» «5 ci csceageaa dees see beegesedi sasbamAn ds ieee ees 3.3
AVANT ag digs Waterpro ee wpslecreneh Stigo iso lanonen oy) ta prions: te alte po 7.26
D
Danish 6.05 3 cea n amaden 985 59a RRS O41 S SERRATE ONE ESS AMES be EEE RE OOS 7.26
ata cablecOMNeCtiOD o.6 6.5 cc ccse sve ranaeme nee eeu ww wleie ne we ao ea eU 1.4.1
data terminal ready oii. cn.5 can siowd aces 8 Ga Biereces wee TAG SeSiME TE pee EASE B.3
GS PIEL 7 acsie's qu naie a: otasteinshabta nan abacsna ancy daaden Bat 4 ahs etek es BG as sa. di wstaueuchdes Wass a ans A.2
device Srrors: s 4. a enew neue d eu I ROMs Hee gaa FYE G6 Go 4d a wrolens a ee wa tere 11.5
GISINZINS oe sivceorreneactn ede ateniinulal oi Rew Reims ee Kes oe we ee 3% TAA 2.7.3
GIMENSIONS «= 2 cicresansrai sn wes eanrowurs 6¥a ad ee ovemIE Se «3 ae aE A Ee ane eased A.2
DIN) 3 sitet de mndsnirs 028 ¥ol me RAOE UES 6 OSA S ATER RMORE SLSR Poa SERS 8.4
DIN plot 2 iiaswardinas cia sadmaanne see ada ein oo es ed acme ea ae Oeaemeld eg 9.6
CISPIAY, sos ig ase a einuieisiy aes » hai RYSITS WAG OM STE L Ae eae Lo ESTA SEARED 7.3
disposable paper pen or disposable film pen... 2.2.6.0... cece cee eee eee 4.2.2, 4.4
I-3
INDEX
I-4
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
D continued
PV Feit cet oie aiecven tl eco tle a Seapeetraae ch evapeonar ated Dk bk ein eee. ded 7.19
DM/PL command format ......0 020... e neces 12.2
DM/PL command listing .......0.. 0... cece ene e eens 12.4
DM/PL command organization . 0.0.0... 6 ccc cee eee eee eens 12.3
DM/PL commands ... 2.0.2... oie ence ence tenn nes 12.1
DM/PL Ch OIS) 225 20 ¢08 aswionwas $659 43 PEWS ELEY OR RITE FORE Fe FSR Oe ESS 735
DM/PL errors reported .. 6... cee eee teen en eens 11.5
DMPAIGO- ERVER 44 ois s copay 4 oe aGeeotow oe Ev eS TapOE Ets PeeaaeaRne ss 7.36
DMP 2160 Pleats iu: ana eicieieyar see + eae wana nied a cece ansia ew ela Game muna ew oe 23
DMP=60'EH/EP aac svc sa cues ed ees sp seen Cee VES RR wESOE EES e PER RwEEE EAE 7.36
OWI GEVAY <a ant ties io'n gf. tignar ends anerdd gopas Ge gutaain 19} Soke He lpbe ein a ok RRL gate ars 7.13
DRAMUCSE sincunaing sy caamcarenang phon waGwn Us st ¥eaRME OES ee RESO SS 10.12
Craw DOLGetS seis 39-6 £554 Sugeaiars yale e careers 4 vin Se RNS Y ve wea OOS 8.9
GUM). 340.0 e enivohs nee dik T Sn Eee ok emi y AR Phs ReOeer aes sed Marads 11.2.4
E
CAVESMIOP ova sawed yea dhe Res BEER Tad prs bo Cada Bed werd ew hw mete 7.34
effects of changing configuration parameters ........0.. 00. e cece c cece ee ene A4
English <.24 x aqasbie ox v2 3494 RerGiaes £8408 KR nv eda dha Benue Laeh oermms 719
BIN GRR ech ede oneness as Gasca pw 3 at lauententn ncinde os deal Meestenct ag a an i elena 8.4
ENTER key . 22.2 syeiqis's 29305 mks HERES 4 PYABAREAL oc o.oo duuele ed da oak meio 2.6.5
CHVITONNICN TAL. 75. sfcmen ios 4.4 94 Steves Rik l Gawearclintured oid wa maegedvnn Rn EEG Kaiki A
environmental considerations .......... 0... ccc eee e cece nent eee e en eceees 3.7
error in X axis position «2.2... cece cece eee eeeeeeees 11.5
error in y axis position... 6... occ cee ence eee ee te ee neens 11.5
expansion buffer kits 2.0... cece cen een cece eee eeeeeens 2.4
Cececccececcrcceecececetececcecetcececcecercecce
33333333333333333333333333333333333333333)
INDEX
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
F
fiber—-tip pen or roller ball pen 2... 2... cee eee eee 4.2.4, 4.4
fixed COIS wwonesseaawowa ges ca snare ds es sa cmmtieniner waa warnra bs van 11.5
font and character set combinations ..... 2.0.0.0... 0020 e cee eee eee ee 7.26
fontdemoplot..o ey jva x wins ceca a cumin en wa be gases parka eo wemiareere ae eie 9.7
FYCHGH, esoseumcig e209 ba Mise Pe pod wae EA VTOS TORS AS HE ROSE HE aaa SECT ERS 7.28
FrichiOr Plot 9 vce cee caterer Han Po os ewe AE de Maen bs keh Ma itera Hades 10.10
FUNCHGM 50 ois. e s 25 ds Sislerepnded Rat ONS Oe ees Rd HEE YES RE eee Se 13
G
General CMOS... kane yess Fhe we Hs Foe os RW Rae Rae G RR He eee eR Go 11.5
general CLEANING occ ave caaw awed Haas ee eee RE ee ee SunR A eee 11.2.1
general MPOMMawion: 45.5 022004 odmewer esgic emer ees Cai euww ens gedad 22 Acl
GG TEIAN: 0563 iso. ase soncoinbedy x wis GX See eect Near & dre apohs Gee eee Sw BAG das bale ob Slew GE woauee 7.28
BIOSSALY! ov e's 45-n seman ed eed Oe wslng esse ee Ree EYE ede g mRON I Ae eas HoT G.1
glossy presentation bond ....... 6... c cece eee eee ete e tenets 3.6
GREER acs 2 305 Paes aw HER TT eRe Bee ee Te eS OB ET sha eGR EE ad Sew later 7.28
H
handshaking j¢.ccepses 2c wie 8 acetate waxy slsesieeial WLS bee Bisa ied ove) weak aielngashebton 7.33
HEIGNE 6 oc ose condone ghd Shae HE PESTA RMA BERS oe Sow ENTE EE LAO eo E SS A.2
DIS, ois is pg maine Hees ae tome EHO ae Alana We es ale etensigl oon ea eH ieualeg: Ee 7.33
hiph line voltage . 0... cans cc cea b eda es eee ce ea eee ee Heese ane Owes 11.5
h@stieontrol. craved voix yrs 8.6 anapanecoy yy MO euevne Sedt'a He ma eiasRer HN Shed a ean OST AE 7.6
HIP-GL Character SES. sas acn ey cede Re ORG EN CEE Soa WeRE ONE Teas wwe Hee es 13.4
HP-GL command format ........ 2... eee cece eee eee eee nett eens 13.2
1-5
INDEX
I-6
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
H continued
HP*GL command Visting: a: .ciu00 sees in cammeng ee OE Sk BAe EEE eC Rea RULERS 13.4
HP-GL command organization... 0.2.0.0... eee een nee 13.3
AP{GL COmMANdS 601 0dscawcae sees etasaeconevis ag Hee eee teas RES 13.1
HP-GL device control instructions ..... 0.0... eee cee eee tee teens 13.6
HP-GL no operation (NOP) commands .......... 0.0... eee e eee eee eee 13.5
HP2GEs Ot AIP=GIY2. og 68s 424 Vivien bb Bes 4 w9 ptuecd whie 2 doa danarquarne ane 4 embeds 7.19
IPGL OF HP=GL/2 6ff OFS o.oo cow tact daasosamas dy waurewe beets xe ees 11.5
HP-GL/2 chatactersets esis sae suite se se sccunsine eer seen airage ten setae amas 14.4
HP-GL/2 command format ........ 0.0.0.0 c eee eee eee nee cena 14.2
HP-GL/2 command listing .. 0.0.6... eee cent eee e ne ees 14.4
HP-GL/2 command organization ..... 2.6... eee eee eens 14.3
HP-GLy/2 commands wis. i 5 6 i55.6s etna see See ea ew EE EET GG aimed oa raed suns 14.1
HP-GL/2 device control structions ....... 0... eee eee eee 14.6
HP-GL/2 no operation (NOP) commands ............. 0.0.0 cee c cece e ee eeee 14.5
PRUENLAT CYS. a’ ns eriiogteserinl nd Para Gina ain he We wet ews dW eat a ts ary ae eam A.2
I
IBM and compatible computers ...... 0.02... c cece ce eee e eens B.2.1
IBM PC; PC/KT, AT, PSl2 owe sce yeueuiiene saa iuenine de abu anime ones ess B.2.1
identifying your plotter model .. 21... 6... cence eee eee e eee e eens 2.3
WENOVE WOSE sc9.9 3:8 1.4 Aacurseynd yo ee ol bieseueee BS Lek Gelbuale > Sowa we elanicage ee eee 7.6
illegal clip and scale settings 2.0.0... cece cece cence eee ee nee 11.5
illegal plot command ......... 00... cece cnc eee cence cence nena 11.5
LK adn ya stusecipel a AS Wits saieovcunet he to. sus tnomrancy eee MN Souls ph ewe ae Racers PRTG 4.4
ink bleeds on chart «534 sins ends 04 ¢ sunine ave yaeweinaiinyes Od omapmbnceas 11.5
IDK SAIS nersimned dn dca sc ccm eaR RUE emer Soe PRES ON Neer Ema adaess 11.2.2
instalLMen si04s2 saa ewe pH S94 44 RSM LEA a oa 6 msde ev 4.9 wwe beeiguerw oe 10.13
ceecceececececcececcccerceeecccertccececeececece
3B33333333333333333333333333333333333333333
INDEX
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
I continued
MYiStAllACON wssainanh.& win Sad evga Wa Neca ae tele sk aw s Witt duel anon Ree 1.3.1
installing roll shaft with roll 20.0... ees 13.3
MIMS TAC a 5 ease ne, ae ots seapheenseon.9 dco Uae usanebial ee aL Gelade enallt oe W antzoemnvln i A.2, B.1
interface Notes o5 oveds sesame he ey Sieg ameS HED TERA wemOT EL eE SS RAMEN S ERS Es B.2
WterfAace 16 MME COMPUTEL . wae. ce een ee ers cow ee ea njenlgiene eee tiem e ne ES 1.4
internal C2708 nce 4 ov4 poe aed e WK Owe En EP EOS Bien FOS Fas ERIE Lees 11.5
TOCETTAl LOUSY cars. cars Seid Arantwnee wee Ue 9 UW ghiouera aore ale bicnstaaey haa Kn Aion on bip 9.3
internal plotg mens . ¢¢¢aceqweg cee y sr dues eee Es SOR wbse HEE ge Se Rueda Eee TEE 9.1
internal software C110 2... cee een ee en ence eens 1135
ISO cassnnwanag ys eee ag eaendy Pees an OWEw Er Nee AR awOEE ARETE. REARS ES ES 7.26
MCLG AA isp 2.2 Viecions ap ate hse navomaaieh § Ske ee MeN NG LA SEAR Roki S wha kM ROMA eae 7.28
J
K
Matakana) +.5cn2.9 895294 ¢ Raid HERS MEAG Sha SRDS OG FG EAU RET T eee wee 7.28
NSLS a a ciew eapisierti a nea oi W dedemaiito Sy wie: bose eucaeti ms Wee wrt atrawatan D8 8 x hea Je ogni eS 2.4, 4.4
L
lanouace: s sccm pos G205 CON wiss ys LE SRT AHS SFP Ee MeN Faas Fed OSE EE Ts 7.19
LAO SUABES 2 soa: aici d 2 aa ues ne ae a racetracks eal oenene ue Bate mean eles WE 13
LCDicontrast menw. + p2s<cwasnan sees crews dss ee eG RSME REE sa TAI EO ees 6.1
ECD HROMIEASE ssies'seark an oo doseeeity evn re Bins x Dlahrlevee sige 4-4 We W Gib MenaiaN Weed Hel MeeoURICR 8A aw Ie 6.3
LED isunreadable 6c sy cweu sce es asuyaowl aes ey aa ewwe ee eee yaa ewe Dee es 11,5
1-7
INDEX
1-8
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
L continued
liquid-crystal display. 42ea.c.c008 00 2% dad dL E49 O48 Rae EE Te ea RET 2.6.1
TG 5. 55s 5 Seteace dase ye Capioeiuat 8 a EW jo RUAN Wane ae ae ETN os SR ones BES 2.6.2
load delay gcnas ce4 sca nweaers fe 9s ARSE Ee CATR RM ETE OEE ES Oa RRS ESS 7AS
load, abort, and reset parameters . 2.2.2.0... 0... c cece eee ee ee eee A3
loadingiachart agsixescmawashes 284 6 SeOA ES SoS GK Gae HEEL eee Ss ER ERS REE 1.3.3
LGGPbaCKCablé: sescac ces evened bn heed a eibenind's £4 Bb wet SW Kode a4 10.11
low line'voltage: ..4:45sungsckeeore ad sain ag 644408 Celaad sete s eawwaw eee TE 11.5
M
WIGIMLENANES’ a Ain hex Peweewncinds Rea Catia oad onl memeee eee haeuc dass 11.1
manual organization ..... 0.0... cece ce eee eee eee n eens 1.2
WIAtHEMANCS dennis i oor on tenne bi oem eR wan mR ey Red oanbeape bees 7.28
matte presentation bond ............. cece cece eee eee e eee ne enn eenes 3.6
MARIN PLOTS ATEAS) noses ace ne oo Mucus wo Wow wenn UN BW NBR 3:2
mechanical resolution «5 5 « easj0a5 5 45 ee cei 29 8944S 4 wR ENS EY dE ROE EES A2
MHEUIG ACCELEPANOM. oo ese tore ierscaers aie aks ack pnmumcls WA) Ree wow tear o HAH HH dabei wed We 79
media. compatibility... suse eecsaawquam veer easvaiogsene se eba caeee ners 4.5
MICHIAVEIOGIY! ay ees co 4 weuenerd yo 4 82 e einen BAH eu uum ents EAS Fa esd 78
MENU KEY jesecunsg sd vad whanne a hbt 18 memes os dde< edie nT see aides, Sees 2.6.4
MENU Operation 60.5 6s ss sa aged dasa ead ee ea ea eae 5.2, 6.2, 7.3, 8.3, 9.2, 10.2
TCM PIGE,, «inosine cave ammdintwas dea kana re Tyan e wae BON ene Dhar eked 9.4
MENUAINIS: sac cues e208 RASHES TERE RE RaEA SETA Fos Gunes eased ney es 7.21
POETIC 6,025 a waynes ees wis medandne dia ded Sli. Webedy kA aiken Reamenteies aa 9 iNiasinal ote 7.21
MiUtrorplot 4 wesaas ws eae akowns PeeIS AE QaA TASTES Se eR SETS pL os nba Se as 8.8
PTA ELS eh 2 Sere Spescacase ee Yea Narang See Sy hcl potaetheas ala Cea a omc shea ls He ated Ae 2.3
MP-80 install. coon segs cog mered aed 048s wOMee De EL RES ORST EERE ET AER SOD ES 10.6
THULE COLORES PIONS! seen x ce ey avengers: seh 2.8 Gomsonenagai al aces gtie addE Ha AH wai. RrecelaL 1.4.3.4
Ceeccececctccececcececececceccercerecececceecece
333333333333333333333333333333333333333333
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
N
TLAINTG ar oacasadb a ence nia /ey see erieacuaetiaith Sie: axe W Gaacareedeh 9 16s Sal WN Lane AT ee Ne eRRREN 7.3
DONSPIOP sii va dawns ng Zea se wewwN KEE ETO GeO TWE HELE RAG HW AEE ED aa ww ENE T27
MOEN As. fase gs tpeshicnice ass ard bea Sasdsteade Die ig-g GReeade FO Ha oe apni co tisie eG GAbhelonabe 7.24
hotmal operation: wmsc eins sas vnsrsv ees ban ean de eee e LeU THES Ts ee OER ES 27
INGEWOSIAM fo: Sina caiage isd 6/0 Gre whasahehd tem Sn tw ouanenecd Ale, wie abe wadey wwf A ie GaSe 7.28
NUMbSHOM POMS wamacdnne sas mows dee tad a weeUR Eee eR A Ret ON Ee we eae 7A7
oO
offline operation sees gecses wen vans oes eee Y eee s Ras Bow EY Eee PERRET 212
ON IINESKEY 6 sc endhsiesd saui-dan uiasabiacnit bron ales we Hale SRL Huai ansiaed Ba Loe laaneecs 2.6.3
ONliNeOPErAlION saresoars vas 44 s www y Les eK ERLT OM RES TE SS ao ES YESS EROS yee
OPS AOE: 5 os eck cacy HE AS serdncots bao Ho wi ereenat ne & oe NseioNbyare’ gad BS sees 7.29
operating features: a0 cs ys.da4 somes $24 doen ae cede x aewensae ie oadewee aes 2.5
BPSIANON 5, ad Giesapsen sie 2d B's Seleudia hse T eee aetesaiets oa LW BG amar d BOG GG Weare Ee 2.1
optimization. ¢sscu~w ov ys ssa cue ones ¥ <4 OER EEE a eo4 SeEOE ON TES Ra REwe Os 7.20
OLB ID, TOWED <i fisjcresa, hb S Sd aie Gicatbaus sae SA Gidruduaraty aad wi Sopansntaea hd DRE Ee eusaane sites 8.7
ordering supplies iiss 16.6 cae awenie vars sewed ee eae eaUe Lee eda aNeane oe 1.9
GHENIANION 2 oy bciedggere deseo bbe haet hs Gatun ne Sse Cewodiae sy ezealeaenes 7.24
OUERPLOdUGES wisisntes ey He ah acne ata s avlennas nae +4 eae ag FRE RRS 1.7
output actual position 2.0.2.0... eee ee eee 13.4
OVE SZ ici a intetssay teicie as tastes Peed eae taal eSouta oles Bb exten ng i 8.4
INDEX
I-10
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
P
paper out indicated by sensor .... 0... ce cee eee eee 11.5
PADET SENSOR cca so eee a eucniniices ee va Steuer OE S43 ob oon Ae os yo pola Bute a 10.5
PALAMELETS: arcs c ose n aa cieae a D4 ae SMa Pa EEG TAA DOSE BER CSS ORES 73
PAPACY, se aiateisimshend. > tee Gedeuinsicia Sass oe Maadrele'stals g «p's Geaned Mice eacieureune ee 7.32
patkieutter blade ss. cceuwmdiwa rv ves waniate ce R eR a RAMEN AE Ee Reem 3.4
PEM. cas ee unaae vd ox auinsiann owee eh RR HH ETT PERM ALES VEEN RRA Sawa tess TAT
Per ACCClEMTOH ana daw a avias ices as oa dracealy hax dee aetn yee 8d Deorerienele as 77
PSH Ody ve wsciceccecwswsne esses sarmawy Sie a RSG wR LESS Ra seu OE RES 4.4
PEN CAPS: a swician ss 5a s wrevmech ee oe 8 wHlereiN Edo wag Sa itKOCNL Bea SB BnereCmAT SE 4.4
PSN CATE 2c don kb ects ea mam RORES a GSR Eda s SRR MERE SEES RT ee O SETS o 4.2
PEN CHAN BET oe.ieiee grater renapeney ep rede oe Macerets S'S hake, e apiandaePoa ate wena wanna ard 2.5, 11.4
pen changer adjustment .. 0.0.0.2... ee cece ee ees 11.4.1
PET CHARSER TALUS: 5 iss sumecer nn as mec eee s Vd inwards heute a Bete ea aw 11.5
pen changer pad replacement ...... 0.0... cc ec e cece eee eee e eens 11.4.2
pen changer position changed; restore original position ..................... 11.5
pen Holder www sss sess dees ae oo KUO MEME ELE SSO AEOS PRERS EK CENEw SEL Eee 2.5
PCH SCAB o5.5. 5.3 sc regeseensces er rs G4 eines EA dd gS Waa NTG Swe Peameea bees 1.3.4
Pen Lift SUP siaaacevas womans seas dwn. OE STER RNS Cae T aE DORw REET 10.8
POA IOAMING: acs sox x tauanoicnd ade a SRO G MMe ged nts Seed Paes wae 4.3
PON PAUSE: a rccccde dad vain amen eds Ln OHNE HOR ba oaLeIN DO REO aR REET 7.23
PEM TESEIVOM o5c 55 cs ee maeiasd h EVE IA SRDS BEE EDE esi eye eae sd oiea eee es 4.4
PEN SELECT REY: < ieswiosavasisin vise meni ced eWe andes onde ds acca needs 2.6.9
PSU SHIPS sans gss be eeseaemargaere eeeeedd Sos 46 BOLE TS US 4 ee EERELS 11.5
Pett SUDSUMUCT ae (ose wscacun wane ean Sine de Ee a Aa Sa Oe eRe ae a TAT
pen supplies: saccesggegs cmomng say 45 Kee GgKT Ede BRAmRSERE ESET RaeR ERT ES 4.4
PCE Tech eehansategi ee auroras teed Soci lelnnch See fk ald Sepia sled Ane ipa wc 4.4
PED UPSIZE. poseu teens sh eames eseges ed mA bENE Cede GeaE EY Ede eeeR ERE ES 7.5
Cececcecerceccreecrccecercereececteeecrecercerccecececc
333FD3D3}IFIFF3}I}IFIIIIIF33I3IIIF3II333933333
INDEX
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
P continued
PSTD WIN: ccisiaceinie coed Sy & wesnansratcade s Gt @ Gesuseei esse eS Siw abuse one ae ees adeno 1.4.3.3
PEN UP/DN key: eccccesevcunns ex cia swarebens ssa weed seed Se uwewan ne 2.6.8
PET MELO CI? asics sis. arsrans w wiisrniei-n a 0. ad oelehpnestb Al's 6 @ Hak Ganaees HONG ABA ReaaRRR area ae8 74
PENAPEMteSkrccin ew ens an savegen es ex 4s Kuda e p SEE La RONEN HO SE HE SHOOT EEE 10.7
PYSTIS is acl area Gacuenar Seiten desc Peta Raees Bae dk Gra gene Nase ae 4-6 en Srataaiee one G dncunkeearasr nee S 4.1
pens and media: a.hcsg ance pien He yea neue ng eE Ooh PRMD EL ET ANG SWE EEE s A.2
PEAS STOOD cineca sees a Phansan ty Seb ded hbase shoe SHMOR ys se SUR eG 4 EES 7.18
performance? coi. c coe viv emma CRU cE wERE KE OTE Wa DOW Rav Ede Sasa O ARTE A.2
Pinch roller lever aFMS 2. wc eee na hence nwnwen sees ewmeaeenenes 2.5
plot-fails towstart yaxe< se wens be 3 48 ea eusdl ae ened wwe oY eek eeereare AREY 11.5
PlotistOG AIS: 4 o5.es dade 4h HET SEG ERTTHETET Ha STA DEST EG AT GET EE EEE 11.5
PlOE IS00 SMA osc co mands cee RAK direCHM NN A SRNR Soa ARAKI ae OF 11.5
plot origin and axes Origin... 6... eee eet 3:5
PlOE PAUSE: csi dseicsa cannes 5A Ganley wn nee be aiaendden thee Swain hes 12.4
Plot quality: 460560 cscdauuer dere seeamn hese Ts ean Rend do ees ees RE TEES S 11.5
plot staris then StOPS: 0. saccccsecvas ease ve rida men nen sea e ua cee eas 11.5
plotter fails to power on ........ 0... cece eee eee een ene 115
PIGLHASIS ACER <n dors aw eiaetee dA Su mymrirae’s de ae remanded Oo At 6 coreaehblently a8 A.2
plotting the internal confidence plot ....... 6... cece eee eee 1.3.5
PLO VOU AISE PlOl 5 sired sc bogie Sa beers eaten & aalago ee whe Ranbaeae wie a 1.3
power entry:modulle s 2a seasons essa wanes ones asa eeew Re ETA Sa eSeN HEE EEE Os 2.5
POWER TEQUIFEMIEIIS 2. csccucce's V2 2 aeons wo ek ede waged HOw 2 Qo emesis vals 11.3, A.2
power switGh 2.2. vsssnonia ede ivarnunied ve wear aun ne nae eum oe eased 2.5
premium plus vellUM . 20... kee ee er eres beth b abe ae se ebeeenee 3.6
product support 2.2202 sennccr sss eameuaeersasnwew ener ya Vulmema dis ew awe 1.6
PROP cs baie ascds perme e tie RGawad AUST SEE Reon Fo Eee RelA AEE TTdeE 7.27
I-11
INDEX
I-12
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
Q
Quick scale: 2.41 amar oc vad meme ene Desa AR OH eR TaR Re Ron Races 8.4
UIC SEATS osc scaruelnidess ¢.3iy. bs ater atipancsaned Soy Sob ea Gusteuia she doen ate euGunbep eg a Baas eebasiletedn ik
R
BAI CIO? 55a sieacsoa dint 28. Se te ateahidete gd dowel gasnkcendvacteers © ee eSaceeroces oats ass tesanehoeee 11.5
receiverdata .... ses esresegewer nodes Feuer oe eye eS PARLOR SS ENS EeRET ES B.3
refillable tungsten pen or refillable paper pen ...... 2.0... cece ee ee eee eee eee 4.2.3
repeatability’ 23 swnee sexes carqeay o8 62 Cae eee ED ee Eas GedwE DEES Ses WEES A.2
RO PlO Lad ee a seis od Ob 6 g Nisantela ae 2S 4 eyamanaers ed sly ue iene. bead Me eed 2.6.2
TEQUESETO SN! acuiee isd svesa wed eyes cap was nee eee Be aeIseLe e BENE Be eNO eS B.3
DOSEN. «signs: 5.4 ec op ina. Qi be wees G NSeRaeay wv AN SST snd daria aR Hee ork ae linea 2.6.2
RESET/LOAD Key ie onic ss sawed g seisy sown sary seb eee eas ee Geary 2.6.2
TOUCH ARE CULMR oasis: bee ised wighes tadashi nh 4B, Seal euotarcer se gaheis Gaiuenalarn beet pAb tonnmateee 3.4.3
rollichart loading. aec0 os cca. dec 84a cies sew ee Sia ean ey yeaa eA 3.4
roll chart recommended handling ......... 0.0... cece cece eee eee ee 3.4.4
FONER Ball PEA cx decane cscs evened teovert a's o's V8 woah Steam CaN RR ORS ho 4.2.4, 4.4
ROM checksumbertor «565.0 sees a ses 4s aa Sma oS ERTR ARGU CERES ESAS 11.5
POET ris Scat chasms ane ea we eNS binds LON CoN Re KEES | Reenaa edad mmwice 7.24
; RS-232-C€ dalaconmectOr 5.2 cscs iiss seus ses eeeieawesewctndeyesaweues 2.5
RS232 data efror detected o.oo esc e cee eee oe edad ninenee ee ee eels 11.5
RS232 lest ic eek eee oe eo oso PeeeNe a Heke ko PeaE SE NEES § FMW ERE EEE S ROR 10.11
RTS/DTR (handshaking) 2.0... . ccc ee cee cnc ee een e ene 7.33
€eecceerrereececreceeccecceeccecececccrcececceece
3333D33333333333333333333333333333333333333
INDEX
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
Ss
SANSISCME 4 yp a05.5.8.5 hy Pane arune Hn 84s Ba duclmeclny EXE U WieaaLeN Ade CaS PRR eS 7.26
SCAG 5 ian wna ints see mimes aes caeu oem PS Le ees Sam Ded ea ¥ eamrme be 8.6S
GAN-CAD) 5 sesso 2 64 44ry suensiedio bi Aig Ferwcouan las vinih Fav Reiseunier Aw’e-¥ 0 wot Witenes 2.4, 7.19
BSCMPt oi. ss scimevabcranaamee nae sews Eade dae NWR EW LENE SEES ROI ER: 7.26
SCION MP SMOtS) 45,6 5.66944 basesiow sme Hees cmleue on ne 4am mince 6 Eda gg Ai relate dn 11.5
SCIECIDER. cv unmcsy ka cao As eres. ane ET VeaUaRanedy eee RwNES TAT
SCIECHON: £2 mircypnedh 4 53 Pee eSATA S FSC Rudd pe ee 4 b's tedle Wg se Gunes ¥ 73
SETI iia 5 eel atenucyorise 6 8 Pac endo lenarid is S todo Weed evan doce a cegenatnid a. as a de Reanearac ha 7.26
SeIvice MOE: swines pre daas WEES BE ELSE VAMOS EY SE Taos Aenew ade sb ae EAE ers 10.3
SOIVICE MOCE MGM (a's oa ws amrcteuederain doin w micestieen Sw ox x 4 a wate Ox Yaw boinc ed 10.1
sevice plot 2 enya g ade nee wreagie bE 4 EK OTA R EELS 1S wisyauya dbs 04 Fo wasnbeaer ed 10.4
SEEVICE SUPPOLE oan nn c.9.4 iw wienener nen ehh Mae D Cae adenine. s 2a 99 kw yemenee we 11.6
SClVid: suxvas meer ynxese beam ag upset oe esealdeeod 8 RAG AEN EE Sew ecu ens 73
sheet exceeds maximum length allowed .........0....0 00000 cece cee cece ee 11.5
short stray lines on plot 6.6... 0... ccc eee nee ee een eee tebe ene 11.5
SloNal HEOUNY ss sentacie ch as W's ipasteaacadle Ay wh charmnalelinnd Lies § antares wees ¥ eeamreaa es B3
single stroke: «mcs wea sss a peaweuds sxsw wena Eb Pees EA wen eee dea hee eR ES 7.26
single—matte polyester film... 2.20.0... ee eee tenes 3.6
Spanish) avis awneweyg seep ou Garsaey oot Fe ewes bar ee s Gawd Lee Ts ae eetES 7.28
SPCCIMCAUONS | dscscaeiar sig x seat dsanentebee tin kG 4 Saanedect cr hg ABs Are oration UN Seapets A.2
Standalone 222 wwers cise sawswaiowiy etna aman pees Fae aWORT TE LET EH REN Oe 7.34
Standard chartsizes o ¢ 44454 .e adi hes es oe Sasuecin y Wed bao aIeED Ha Oe we Sans ws 3.2
SHAY INES ca nwien caved garment weeds Wa bali One radu samUlE Ree oa w Meee 1.4.3.5
Stray lines or spikes on plot ...... 0... cece ce ete eee eet e eee n eens 11.5
SWOGISH: iain. + gssecanane ais 2-05 Gd muerets wa G8 SG.a INina. A eon ta-don Renna oa ERR ateRva a 7.28
I-13
INDEX
I-14
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
S continued
SyNlAX CLO sce ny cease wos HAs Fe OOOe HERTS TERE NUE TENE NRE Cee EE 11.5
system NVRAM checksum failure 0.0.0... cece eee eee 11.5
system NVRAM would not accept value written toit ...............0000006- 11.5
BYSLELUSELUD. @ caer is ig pregnar ntbee os Uepranne bas g WereR GRE LORE HaMABaee Ne B.2.1
T
CEMPEMAUTE sss 6 eis aa esses HHO eas GUE R Ee STO NE ee REN Rae bE De Kee A.2
(EXILONE 5545.03 2455 RES ELSA SERRA EES 447 EMO AES ELT AT GReRETE DIES 7.26
ESTES PACU aso, arerese is soneneere we ida HA eS in sca S'S eB wiasiclea aD KiNG Meta Neadaon er pg Pee 727
lOgBle: ssaas puedes FeemeeSe ANTS UA OUSe FA EEA SIE ERE LOSE OUR DE ESSE 7,33
APACKINO TEST. o 5 ease toh cere d:2 SG Shree oo ak Swreaeeus Nee ya's ganna aa ate 10.9
translucent bond «sss ewcjcagvsrs seg Sew S oo Ess EES SEROTEC ESSA EE SEE aS 3.6
ATSIC 3.5. oo ia. os nurenestei Gud Sie H hoineanor 9 doen 4 Romesami ee Ree ls wea Rakdieh Giles B.3
troubleshooting: ¢ss2 swam pyes ss aaa ees e i sen eee gece ualemureesrase 11.5
U
unknown intemal ror .j000 ness ssa cee ioe es es tevaw aged reyes Pemmeaee ges 11.5
HPI SL AG sa cistcirg’s ianah3s wssdewonganrinngl ak aie pkbgosteel brady sepia a sediasbar His a alum lemuntnenhs ee PA,
user menus have been defaulted due to ROM change .......... 0.00. ece ee uee 11.5
user NVRAM checksum failure ©... 6... cece tee eee ees 11.5
user NVRAM would not accept value written to it... ... 0.0... c cece eee 11.5
USED SELECE igo reds seiatutin es Whale easiest goae uted ad Somat inna kas DS
UsersclectMeNny 5 cri dniwicnnva na raus suarerss wma yes Nee GOMOD Goes ERE 5.1
Ceeceerceceecreccerctcececrerccrcrerceecerereeeceecce
DIITZIRIFDIF}}IIFIII3IIIII}II}DIIFIIIIII3IIIII3I
INDEX
SUBJECT REFERENCE PARAGRAPH
Vv
VATIADIS® 5, a5y iden de onananden aay OARS elowcdpsy bh W kaw hed avGupen SEES Ro Howncvensensiaiaen & Wo ES Lead
VEIT sore a dn eid cavern 2d ax ppalan ete may Paes eo ES ERR RENE PO SGrEN 3.6
VEIOCITY OVERS: ob sacckaene Seco be capetichin ke graced bu eunuansh die alate eeacseneh ore So ea A apenet 7.6
VIEWPOI cin sc canaaar ete c ad ees aware a Gacy YEE A Aino Bn oo 8 mM anh 8.7
VOILAVE CONVERSION. cise ceca d ed selsiaa ens ea misvnma nd be ead umn sn ye eae eiauees 11.3
Ww
WATTANEY TERISHATOM .ecsiie ecco onmneser ogee coe pe waeenser wa ge ie Storeser ear w gai wanes! 1.8
WeiGhtS oo ccyis suum cess ch se@ew nce seuss wewv ees EERE eeeeNNe ees oe woe A.2
where to find additional information... 6.0.00... 0.0. cece eee eee ee 15
WIG: wee ceca eee SAYS KE BY RED OH EY oe EEO RUN LEIS Eee eae E EWES eee EwOS A2
x
MARIS CMKOL ca batuuigd oe ve Rass S TST Fan 8 OOM RIESE ER EHS gT EES GE RSIOS 11.5
Y
YARIS ELVOR «os gues pea eee tineetns poe e ds Peed Cys e Ce YN e Dee eae ROR s 11.5
Z
ZETO.CHATACIEL segecnerne ce age sgienun wees pen coms nin tS PSTR OEE EKER RT OREE 7.30
I-15
NOTES
COCECOCECECCECCECCECECKCCECE LEEK CLEC CECEC EEE
992I9292999399I292393939399393339999993939I9I9I133339393939I393399
NOTES
HOUSTON INSTRUMENT.
A Summagraphics Company
8500 Cameron Road Rochesterlaan 6-B
Austin, TX 78753 8470 Gistel, Belgium
512-835-0900 32-59-277445
512-835-1916 (Fax) 059-277668 (Fax)
81399 (Telex)
Manual Number: MI-1479 1091 Printed in U.S.A.
CECCECCCEECCCECCECCEECECEECCECECEECECCECECCECCCE
Live Music
Archive
Librivox
Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland
Museum of Art
Internet
Arcade
Console Living Room
Open Library
American
Libraries
TV News
Understanding
9/11